B.

Tech - IT
Cloud and Mobile Based Application
Development
Curriculum and Syllabus

Regulation 2022

Based on Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

&
Outcome Based Education (OBE)

Effective from the Academic year

2022 – 2023

Department of Computer Science and

Engineering
School of Engineering
 VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

Vision

To develop a knowledge hub for Computer Science Engineers and Technocrats in application
of their competence for the betterment of the Individual, Industry and Society.

Mission

➢ To nurture the students to be industry ready by providing a strong conceptual

foundation and by enhancing their employability and entrepreneurial skills.
➢ To provide holistic growth by conducting relevant enrichment programs, which includes
curricular, co-curricular, extra-curricular and extension activities.
➢ To inculcate innovation and creativity through practically viable Internships and Project
works.
➢ To create a research oriented mindset and focus in fulfilling growing demands of the
society through mentoring and lifelong learning.

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

➢ PEO1: To adopt a systematic approach to design, develop, implement and innovate

integrated systems that include people,technology,information and resources.

➢ PEO2: To apply principles and practices in information technology to solve multiple

real world problems.

➢ PEO3: To become Entrepreneurs or Employees of reputed Organizations or pursue

Higher Education for better adaptability.

➢ PEO4: To accomplish any tasks with ethical values and commitment to meet the Social
needs.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOME (PSO)

➢ PSO1: An expert with an aptitude and competence to analyses design, model, develop test
and manage information systems to offer customized solutions.

➢ PSO2: A professional with learning abilities to face upcoming challenges in the field of
Information Technology.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (PO)

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the engineering practice.
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams and in multi disciplinary settings.
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member
and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
 Competencies and Performance Indicators
PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering Specialisation for the solution of complex engineering problems.
1.1 Demonstrate competence 1.1.1 Apply the knowledge of discrete structures,
in mathematical modelling linear algebra, statistics and numerical
techniques to solve problems
1.1.2 Apply the concepts of probability, statistics
and queuing theory in modeling of
computer-based system, data and network
protocols.
1.2 Demonstrate competence 1.2.1 Apply laws of natural science to an
in basic sciences engineering problem
1.3 Demonstrate competence 1.3.1 Apply engineering fundamentals
in engineering fundamentals
1.4 Demonstrate competence 1.4.1 Apply theory and principles of computer
in specialized engineering science and engineering to solve an
knowledge to the program engineering problem
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching
substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
2.1 Demonstrate an ability 2.1.1 Evaluate problem statements and identifies
to identify and formulate objectives
complex engineering 2.1.2 Identify processes/modules/algorithms of a
problem computer-based system and
parameters to solve a problem
2.1.3 Identify mathematical algorithmic
knowledge that applies to a given problem
Demonstrate an ability to 2.2.1 Reframe the computer-based system into
2.2 formulate a solution plan interconnected subsystems
and methodology for an
engineering problem 2.2.2 Identify functionalities and computing
resources.
2.2.3 Identify existing solution/methods to solve
the problem, including forming justified
approximations and assumptions
2.2.4 Compare and contrast alternative
solution/methods to select the best
methods
2.2.5 Compare and contrast alternative solution
processes to select the best process.
2.3 Demonstrate an ability to 2.3.1 Able to apply computer engineering
formulate and interpret a principles to formulate modules of a system
model with required applicability and performance.
2.3.2 Identify design constraints for required
performance criteria.
2.4 Demonstrate an ability to 2.4.1 Applies engineering mathematics to
execute a solution process implement the solution.
and analyze results 2.4.2 Analyze and interpret the results using
contemporary tools.
2.4.3 Identify the limitations of the solution and
sources/causes.
2.4.1 Arrive at conclusions with respect to the
objectives.
PO 3: Design/Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety,
and cultural, societal,and environmental considerations.

3.1 Demonstrate an ability 3.5.1 Able to define a precise problem statement

 to define a complex/ with objectives and scope
open-ended problem in 3.1.2 Able to identify and document system
engineering terms requirements from stake- holders
3.1.3 Able to review state-of-the-art literature to
synthesize system requirements.
3.1.4 Able to choose appropriate quality
attributes as defined by ISO/IEC/IEEE
standard
3.1.5 Explore and synthesize system requirements
from larger social and professional
3.1.6 Able to develop software requirement
specifications (SRS).
3.2 Demonstrate an ability to 3.2.1 Able to explore design alternatives.
generate a diverse set of 3.2.2 Able to produce a variety of potential design
alternative design solutions solutions suited to meet functional
requirements.
3.2.3 Identify suitable non-functional
requirements for evaluation of alternate
design solutions.
3.3 Demonstrate an ability 3.3.1 Able to perform systematic evaluation of the
to select optimal design degree to which several design
scheme for further concepts meet the criteria.
development 3.3.2 Consult with domain experts and
stakeholders to select candidate engineering
3.4 Demonstrate an ability to 3.4.1 Able to refine architecture design into a
advance an engineering detailed design within the existing
design to defined end state constraints.
3.4.2 Able to implement and integrate the
modules.
3.4.3 Able to verify the functionalities and
validate the design.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including
design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.
4.1 Demonstrate an ability to 4.1.1 Define a problem for purposes of
conduct investigations of investigation, its scope and importance
technical issues consistent 4.1.2 Able to choose appropriate
with their level of knowledge procedure/algorithm, dataset and test
and understanding cases.
4.1.3 Able to choose appropriate
hardware/software tools to conduct the
experiment.
4.2 Demonstrate an ability to 4.2.1 Design and develop appropriate
design experiments to solve procedures/methodologies based on the
open-ended problems study objectives

4.3 Demonstrate an ability to 4.3.1 Use appropriate procedures, tools and

analyze data and reach a techniques to collect and analyze data
valid conclusion 4.3.2 Critically analyze data for trends and
correlations, stating possible errors and
limitations
4.3.3 Represent data (in tabular and/or graphical
forms) so as to facilitate analysis and
explanation of the data, and drawing of
conclusions
4.3.4 Synthesize information and knowledge
about the problem from the raw data to
reach appropriate conclusions
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and
IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
5.1 Demonstrate an ability to 5.1.1 Identify modern engineering tools,
identify/create modern techniques and resources for engineering
engineering tools, activities
techniques and resources 5.1.2 Create/adapt/modify/extend tools and
techniques to solve engineering problems
5.2 Demonstrate an ability to 5.2.1 Identify the strengths and limitations of
select and apply discipline specific tools for (i) acquiring information, (ii)
tools, techniques modeling and simulating, (iii) monitoring
and resources system performance, and (iv) creating
engineering designs.
5.2.2 Demonstrate proficiency in using discipline-
specific tools
5.3 Demonstrate an ability to 5.3.1 Discuss limitations and validate tools,
evaluate the suitability and techniques and resources
limitations of tools used 5.3.2 Verify the credibility of results from tool use
to solve an engineering with reference to the accuracy and
problem limitations, and the assumptions inherent in
their use.
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal, and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
6.1 Demonstrate an ability 6.1.1 Identify and describe various engineering
to describe engineering roles; particularly as pertains to
roles in a broader context, protection of the public and public interest
e.g. pertaining to the at the global, regional and local level
environment, health, safety,
legal and public welfare
6.2 Demonstrate an 6.2.1 Interpret legislation, regulations, codes, and
understanding of standards relevant to your discipline
professional engineering and explain its contribution to the
regulations, legislation and protection of the public
standards
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and
environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and the need for sustainable development.
7.1 Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of 7.1.1 Identify risks/impacts in the life-cycle of an
engineering and engineering product or activity
industrial practices on social, environmental and in 7.1.2 Understand the relationship between the
economic contexts. technical, socio-economic and
environmental dimensions of sustainability
7.2 Demonstrate an ability to apply principles of 7.2.1 Describe management techniques for
sustainable design and sustainable development
development 7.2.2 Apply principles of preventive engineering
and sustainable development to an
engineering activity or product relevant to
the discipline
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering
practice.
8.1 Demonstrate an ability to 8.1.1 Identify situations of unethical professional
recognize ethical dilemmas conduct and propose ethical alternatives
8.2 Demonstrate an ability to 8.2.1 Identify tenets of the ASME professional
apply the Code of Ethics code of ethics
8.2.2 Examine and apply moral & ethical
principles to known case studies
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,
and in multidisciplinary settings.
9.1 Demonstrate an ability to 9.1.1 Recognize a variety of working and learning
form a team and define a preferences; appreciate the value of
role for each member diversity on a team
9.1.2 Implement the norms of practice (e.g. rules,
roles, charters, agendas, etc.) of
effective team work, to accomplish a goal.
9.2 Demonstrate effective 9.2.1 Demonstrate effective communication,
individual and problem-solving, conflict resolution and
team operations-- leadership skills
communication, problemsolving, 9.2.2 Treat other team members respectfully
conflict resolution 9.2.3 Listen to other members
and leadership skills 9.2.4 Maintain composure in difficult situations
9.6 Demonstrate success in a 9.6.1 Present results as a team, with smooth
team-based project integration of contributions from all
individual efforts
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community
and with the society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions
10.1 Demonstrate an ability 10.1.1 Read, understand and interpret technical
to comprehend technical and non-technical information
literature and document 10.1.2 Produce clear, well-constructed, and well-
project work supported written engineering
documents
10.1.3 Create flow in a document or presentation -
a logical progression of ideas so that
the main point is clear
10.2 Demonstrate competence 10.2.1 Listen to and comprehend information,
in listening, speaking, and instructions, and viewpoints of others
presentation 10.2.2 Deliver effective oral presentations to
technical and non-technical audiences
10.3 Demonstrate the ability to 10.3.1 Create engineering-standard figures, reports
integrate different modes of and drawings to complement writing and
communication presentations
10.3.2 Use a variety of media effectively to convey
a message in a document or a
presentation
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one’s work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.
11.1 Demonstrate an ability to evaluate the economic and 11.1.1 Describe various economic and financial
financial performance of an engineering activity costs/benefits of an engineering activity
11.1.2 Analyze different forms of financial
statements to evaluate the financial status
of an
engineering project
11.2 Demonstrate an ability to 11.2.1 Analyze and select the most appropriate
compare and contrast the proposal based on economic and financial
costs/benefits of alternate considerations.
proposals for an engineering
activity
11.3 Demonstrate an ability to 11.3.1 Identify the tasks required to complete an
plan/manage an engineering engineering activity, and the resources
activity within time and required to complete the tasks.
budget constraints 11.3.2 Use project management tools to schedule
an engineering project, so it is
completed on time and on budget.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognise the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and
life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
12.1 Demonstrate an ability to 12.1.1 Describe the rationale for the requirement
identify gaps in knowledge for continuing professional development
and a strategy to close 12.1.2 Identify deficiencies or gaps in knowledge
these gaps and demonstrate an ability to source
information to close this gap
12.2 Demonstrate an ability to 12.2.1 Identify historic points of technological
identify changing trends in advance in engineering that required
engineering knowledge and practitioners to seek education in order to
practice stay current
12.2.2 Recognize the need and be able to clearly
explain why it is vitally important to keep
current regarding new developments in your
field
12.3 Demonstrate an ability to 12.3.1 Source and comprehend technical literature
identify and access sources and other credible sources of
for new information information
12.3.2 Analyze sourced technical and popular
information for feasibility, viability,
sustainability, etc.
PSO 1: An expert with an aptitude and competence to analyse, design, model, develop, test and manage information
systems to offer customized solutions.
13.1 Ability to investigate complex problems 13.1.1 Identify problem statements and develop
smart solutions for real time applications
13.1.2 Investigate all the probable solutions
towards the identified problem
13.2 Design and Develop solutions systematically 13.2.1 Specify the design tools that may help in
finding the solution
13.2.2 Systematically evaluate and idenfyiy the
testing strategies to develop an optimal
solution
13.2.3 Implement a customized solution for the
problem
PSO 2: A professional with learning abilities to face upcoming challenges in the field of Information Technology.
14.1 Develop cost benefit solutions using engineering 14.1.1 Describe the rationale for choosing solutions
principles based on engineering principles
and practices 14.1.2 Conduct feasibility and cost-benefit analysis
for implementing the solution
14.2 Ability to understand and develop solutions in the 14.2.1 Identify the problem and develop an
field of Information Technology appropriate solution
14.2.2 Develop an innovative solution with ethics in
IT sector
 VELS INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY & ADVANCED STUDIES (VISTAS)
(Deemed to be University Estd. u/s3 of theUGC ACT, 1956)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

The Panel members for Board of studies meeting are listed below

S. Name of the BoS

Designation Institute / Industry
No Member
Internal Members
Professor & Head Chairman
Department of Computer Science and
1 Dr. R. Anandan Engineering
Vels Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)
Director, IQAC Internal Member
2 Dr. S. Arun Vels Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)
Associate Professor Internal Member
Department of Computer Science and
3 Dr. R. A. Karthika Engineering
Vels Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)
Associate Professor Internal Member
Department of Computer Science and
4 Dr. A. Rajesh Engineering
Vels Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)
Assistant Professor Internal Member
Department of Computer Science and
5 Dr. K. Kalaivani Engineering
Vels Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)
External Expert Members
Associate Professor Academic Expert
School of
Dr. Asnath Victy
1 Phamila Y
Computer Science and Engineering
Vellore Institute of Technology - VIT
Chennai
Senior Director Industrial Expert
Mr. Santhosh
2 Gopynadhan
Optum Global Solutions (India) Private
Limited, Chennai
Student Member
Project Associate Alumni
1 Mr. Pavan Srivatsav Cognizant Technology Solutions, Chennai
VELS INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY & ADVANCED STUDIES (VISTAS)
(Deemed to be University Estd. u/s3 of theUGC ACT, 1956)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION

B.Tech IT Cloud and Mobile based Application Development

Credits Per Semester
S.No Course Category 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total Credits
1 HSC 3 2 2 2 2 11
2 BSC 8 8 4 7 27
3 ESC 6 7 4 21
4 PCC 4 13 15 15 11 4 58
5 PEC 3 7 7 3 20
6 OEC 3 3 6 6 18
7 Project 5 10 15
8 MC 0
TOTAL 18 18 23 24 23 23 22 19 170

HSC Humanities and Social Science Courses

BSC Basic Science Courses
ESC Engineering Science Courses
PCC Professional Core Courses
PEC Professional Elective Courses
OEC Open Elective Courses
EEC Employability Enhancement Courses
MC Mandatory Courses
 VELS INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ADVANCED STUDIES

(MINIMUM CREDITS TO BE EARNED: 170)

B.Tech IT Cloud and Mobile based Application Development

(Regulation 2021-22)
Lectu Tutor Practi
Category Course Title Credits CA SEE Total
re ial cal

SEMESTER 1

BSC Engineering Chemistry 3 - - 3 40 60 100

Mathematics I(Calculus and

BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
Linear Algebra)
Software Foundation and
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Programming I
Basics of Civil and Mechanical
ESC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Engineering
ESC Workshop and Manufacturing
1 - 4 3 40 60 100
(Blended) Practices
BSC Chemistry Laboratory - - 2 1 40 60 100

PCC Software Foundation and

- - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical) Programming I Laboratory
MC Student Induction Program - - - - - - -

MC Universal Human Values 2 - - - 100

15 1 8 18

SEMESTER II

HSC English 2 - - 2 40 60 100

BSC Physics (Semiconductor) 3 - - 3 40 60 100

Mathematics II
BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
(Probability and Statistics)
Software Foundation and
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Programming II
ESC
Engineering Graphics and Design 1 - 4 3 40 60 100
(Blended)

HSC English Laboratory - - 2 1 40 60 100

BSC Physics Laboratory - - 2 1 40 60 100

PCC Software Foundation and

- - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical) Programming II Laboratory
MC Constitution of India 2 - - - 100

14 1 10 18

SEMESTER III

Mathematics III (Fourier series

BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
and Transforms)

ESC Digital Electronics 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Operating Systems 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Data Structures and Algorithms 3 1 - 4 40 60 100

PCC Essentials of Object Oriented

3 - 2 4 40 60 100
(Blended) Programming using Java
PCC
Operating Systems Laboratory - - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical)
PCC Data Structures and Algorithm
- - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical) Laboratory
HSC Personality Development I 2 - - 2 40 60 100

MC Basic Life Skills 2 - - - 100

19 2 6 22

SEMESTER IV

Mathematics IV(Random Process

BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
and Queuing Theory)
Computer Organization and
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Architecture
3 - - 3 40 60 100
PCC DBMS,MYSQL and SQLITE
PCC Python Programming 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC
Introduction to AI and ML 3 - 2 4 40 60 100
(Blended)
PCC DBMS,MYSQL and SQLITE - - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical) LAB
PCC
Python Programming Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical)

HSC Personality Development II 2 - - 2 40 60 100

Environmental Science and

BSC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Engineering
MC Gender Institution And Society 2 - - - 100

22 1 6 24

SEMESTER V

PCC Computer Networks 3 - - 3 40 60 100

Business Intelligence
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Using Cognos
PEC Professional Elective Course I 3 - - 3 40 60 100

OEC
Open Elective Course - I 3 - - 3 40 60 100
(Technical)
PCC Fundamentals of Block chain and
3 - 2 4 40 60 100
(Blended) Use Cases
PCC
Computer Networks Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical)
Machine Learning using
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Watson Studio
HSC Personality Development III 2 - - 2 40 60 100

Industrial Training/ Mini Project/

PCC - - 4 2 40 60 100
MOOC Course
PCC (NPTEL/SWAYAM/Course
Fundamentals of Requirement
- - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical) Era/Math&
Analysis works) - Minimum 4
Management
weeks
20 0 10 25

SEMESTER VI
Foundation Course in Cloud
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Computing
PCC Artificial Intelligence Analyst 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PEC Professional Elective Course - II 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PEC
Professional Elective Course - III 3 - 2 4 40 60 100
(Blended)
OEC
Open Elective Course - II 3 - - 3 40 60 100
(Technical)
PCC
Cloud Computing Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical)

PCC Artificial Intelligence - - 2 1 40 60 100

(Practical) Analyst Lab
HSC Pesonality Development - IV 2 - - 2 40 60 100

PCC Summer Internship (4 weeks) - - 4 2 100

17 0 10 22

SEMESTER VII
Micro services Architecture and
PCC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
Implementation
PCC Design Thinking, Agile, Devops 3 - - 3 40 60 100

OEC(Tech/
Open Elective Course - III 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Manag)

PEC Professional Elective Course - IV 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PEC
Professional Elective Course - V 3 - 2 4 40 60 100
(Blended)
PCC Design Thinking, Agile, Devops
- - 2 1 40 60 100
(Practical) Lab
Project Project Phase I - - 10 5 40 60 100

15 1 14 23

SEMESTER VIII

PEC Professional Elective Course - VI 3 - - 3 40 60 100

OEC
Open Elective Course -IV 3 - - 3 40 60 100
(Technical)
OEC
Open Elective Course - V 3 - - 3 40 60 100
(Tec/Man)

Project Project Phase II - - 20 10 40 60 100

9 0 20 19
 LIST OF ALL BASIC SCIENCE COURSES

Hours / Week Credits

S.NO COURSE TITLE Lecture Tutorial Practical
BSC - 01 Physics(Semi Conductor) 3 - - 3
BSC - 02 Mathematics I (Calculus and Linear Algebra) 3 1 - 4
BSC - 03 Physics Laboratory - - 2 1
BSC - 04 Engineering Chemistry 3 - - 3
BSC - 05 Mathematics II (Probability and Statistics) 3 1 - 4
BSC - 06 Chemistry Laboratory - - 2 1
BSC - 07 Mathematics III (Fourier Series and Transforms) 3 1 - 4
BSC - 08 Environmental Science and Engineering 3 - - 3
BSC - 09 Mathematics IV(Random Process and Queuing
3 1 - 4
Theory)

LIST OF ALL HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

COURSES

Hours / Week Credits

Code No COURSE TITLE Lecture Tutorial Practical
HSC-01 English 2 - - 2
HSC-02 English Laboratory - - 2 1
HSC-03 Personality Development I 2 - - 2
HSC-04 Personality Development II 2 - - 2
HSC-05 Personality Development III 2 - - 2
HSC-06 Personality Development IV 2 - - 2

LIST OF ALL ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES

Hours / Week Credits

Code No COURSE TITLE Lecture Tutorial Practical
ESC-01 Engineering Graphics and Design 1 - 4 3
ESC-02 Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering 3 - - 3
ESC-03 Workshop and Manufacturing Practices 1 - 4 3

LIST OF ALL PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES

Hours / Week Credits

Code No COURSE TITLE Lecture Tutorial Practical
PEC-01 Applied Cryptography 3 - - 3
PEC-02 Big-Data Programming 3 - - 3
PEC-03 Cloud Computing 3 - - 3
 PEC-04 Cryptography and Network Security 3 - - 3
PEC-05 Cyber Forensics 3 - - 3
PEC-06 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 - - 3
PEC-07 Digital Image Processing 3 - - 3
PEC-08 E-Commerce 3 - - 3
PEC-09 Ethical Hacking 3 - - 3
PEC-10 Information Retrieval 3 - - 3
PEC-11 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 3 - - 3
PEC-12 Soft Computing 3 - - 3
PEC-13 Software Engineering 3 - - 3
PEC-14 Software Project Management 3 - - 3
PEC-15 Software Quality Assurance 3 - - 3
PEC-16 Software Testing 3 - - 3
PEC-17 System Software 3 - - 3
PEC-18 User Interface Design 3 - - 3
PEC-19 Virtual Reality 3 - - 3
PEC-20 Agile Methodologies 3 - - 3
PEC-21 Information Security 3 - - 3
PEC-22 Software Defined Networks 3 - - 3
PEC-23 Block Chain Technologies 3 - - 3
PEC-24 Natural Language Processing 3 - - 3
PEC-25 Applications of AI 3 - - 3
PEC-26 Information Security Analysis and Audit 3 - - 3
PEC-27 Intelligent Database System 3 - - 3
PEC-28 Recommender Systems 3 - - 3
PEC-29 Text and Speech Analysis 3 - - 3
PEC-30 Business Analytics 3 - - 3
PEC-31 Image and Video Analysis 3 - - 3
PEC-32 Computer Vision 3 - - 3

LIST OF ALL MANDATORY COURSES

Hours / Week Credits

Code No COURSE TITLE Lecture Tutorial Practical
MC Constitution of India 2 - - -
MC Basic Life Skills 2 - - 2
MC Universal Human Values 2 - - -
MC Gender Institution and Society 2 - - -
 LIST OF ALL OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES

Code Hours / Week

Course
No. Lecture Tutorial Practical Credits
OEC– 01 Data Exploration and Visualization 3 0 0 3
OEC– 02 Big Data Analytics 3 0 0 3
OEC– 03 Python for Data Science 3 0 0 3
OEC– 04 NOSQL Database 3 0 0 3
OEC– 05 Game Programming 3 0 0 3
OEC– 06 Robotics and its applications 3 0 0 3
OEC– 07 Concepts of Virtual and Augmented Reality 3 0 0 3
OEC– 08 Embedded System for Internet of Things 3 0 0 3
OEC– 09 Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3
OEC– 10 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3
OEC– 11 Fundamentals of Nano Science 3 0 0 3
OEC– 12 Geographical Information Systems 3 0 0 3
OEC– 13 High Speed Networks 3 0 0 3
OEC– 14 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 3
OEC– 15 Mobile Ad-hoc Networks 3 0 0 3
OEC– 16 Neural Networks 3 0 0 3
OEC– 17 Operations Research 3 0 0 3
OEC– 18 Optical Networks 3 0 0 3
OEC– 19 Personal Computer Systems 3 0 0 3
OEC– 20 Principles of Management & Professional Ethics 3 0 0 3
OEC– 21 Remote Sensing 3 0 0 3
OEC– 22 Robotics 3 0 0 3
OEC– 23 Satellite Communication 3 0 0 3
OEC– 24 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3
OEC– 25 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3
OEC– 26 Development of iot based applications 3 0 0 3
OEC– 27 Fundamentals of Enterprise Apps Development for Cloud 3 0 0 3
Deployment
 Engineering Chemistry
BSC 3 0 0 3

Course objective

To learn about the molecular orbitals, ionic interactions, and periodic properties.
Rationalise periodic properties such as ionization potential, electronegativity, oxidation states,
and electro-negativity.
List major chemical reactions that are used in the synthesis of molecules.

UNIT I Atomic and molecular structure, Intermolecular and potential energy surfaces 9
Molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules and plots of the multicentre orbitals. Equations for atomic
and molecular orbitals. Energy level diagrams of diatomics. Pi-molecular orbitals of butadiene,
benzene, and aromaticity. Valence Bond Theory and the energy level diagrams for transition
metalions and their magnetic properties. Iovan derdipolar and vanDer Waals interactions, potential
energy surfaces of H3, H2F and HCN.
UNIT II Spectroscopic techniques and applications 9
Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules. Electronic spectroscopy. Vibrational, rotational
spectroscopy of diatomic molecules, Morse equations , and Mossbauer spectroscopy. Applications.
Diffraction and scattering

UNIT III Use of free energy in chemical equilibria 9

Thermodynamic functions: energy, entropy, free energy, and fugacity. Estimations of entropy and
free energies. Free energy and emf. Cell potentials, the Nernst equation and applications. Acid
base, oxidation reduction, and solubility equilibria. Water chemistry. Corrosion.

UNIT IV Periodic properties 9

Variations of s, p, d and f orbital energies of atoms in the periodic table, electronic configurations,
atomic and ionic sizes, ionization energies, electron affinity and electronegativity, diagonal
relationship, anomalous behavior of Lithium, carbon and Nitrogen, polarizability, oxidation states,
coordination numbers and geometries, hard soft acids and bases, molecular geometries.

UNIT V Organic reactions and synthesis of a drug molecule 9

Introduction to reactions involving substitution, addition, elimination, oxidation, reduction,
cyclization, Coupling reaction and ring openings. Synthesis of a commonly used drug molecule.

TOTAL: 45 hours

Text Books
T1: Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. Sienko and R.Plane.
T2: Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C. N.Banwell.
T3: Engineering Chemistry (NPTELWeb-book), by B.L.Tembe, Kamaluddin and M.S.Krishnan.
Reference Books
R1: Physical Chemistry, by P.W.Atkins.
R2: Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K. P. C. Volhardt and N. E.
Schore,5th Edition - http://bcs.whfreeman.com/vollhardtschore5e/default.asp.
R3: University chemistry, by B.H.Mahan.

Web Links:

1. https://opentextbc.ca/chemistry/chapter/10-1-intermolecular-forces/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/102103044/pdf/mod2.pdf
3. https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_Textboo
k_Maps/Supplemental_Modules_(Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry)/Thermodyna
mics/Chemical_Energetics/Free_Energy d_Equilibrium
4. https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Inorganic_Chemistry/Supplemental_Modules_
and_Websites_(Inorganic_Chemistry)/Descriptive_Chemistry/Periodic_Trends_of_Ele
mental_Properties/Periodic_Properties_of_the_Elements
5. https://www.bcebhagalpur.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Organic-Reactions-
Synthesis-of-Drug-Molecule.pdf

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the students will be able to,
CO1: Analyze microscopic chemistry in erms of atomic and molecular or bitals and intermolecular
forces
CO2: Distinguish the ranges of the electromagnetic spectrum used for exciting different molecular
energy levels in various spectroscopic techniques.
CO3: Analyze bulk properties and processes using thermodynamic considerations.
CO4: Classify the properties and reactivity of different types of elements based on the periodic
table.
CO5: Apply the basic terms involved in an Organic reactions and synthesis of a drug molecule.

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemesterExams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
/Presentation

✓ ✓
 3 1 0 4
BSC Mathematics-I (Calculus and Linear Algebra)

Course Objectives

The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in
basic calculus andlinear algebra.
It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced
level that will serve them well in tackling more advanced level of mathematics and
applications that they would find useful in their disciplines

Unit-I: Calculus (12hours)

Rolle’s theorem-Mean value theorems-Taylor’s and Maclaurin theorems -Indeterminate
forms and L’Hospital’s rule-Curvature-radius of curvature–Evolutes and envelopes.

Unit-II: Multivariable Calculus (12hours)

Limits-continuity- partial derivative – total derivative – maxima and minima- saddle points-
method of Lagrange multipliers

Unit-III: Sequence and series (12hours)

Convergence of sequence and series–test for convergence-power series–Comparison test test,
D’Alembert’s test and Leibnitz’s test

Unit-IV: Matrices (12hours)

Introduction to Matrices- Rank of a matrix- Linear systems of equations-symmetric- skew
symmetric matrix and orthogonal matrices-Eigen values and Eigen vectors Diagonalization
of matrices- Cayley-Hamilton theorem and orthogonal transformation.

Unit-V: Vector spaces (12hours)

VectorSpace-linear Independence and dependence of vectors, basis, dimension-Linear
transformations (maps), range and kernel of a linear map, rank and nullity- Inner product
spaces-Gram-Schmidt Orthogonalization.

TotalHours: 60

Text books:
1. G.B.Thomas and , R.L.Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition, Pearson, Reprint, 2002.
2. Ramana B.V, Higher Engineering Mathematics, TataMcGraw Hill New Delhi,11, Reprint,2010
3. N.P.Bali and Manish Goyal, A textbook of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications, Reprint,
2008.

Reference books:
1. P.Sivaramakrishna Das and C.Vijayakumari, Mathematics-I, First Edition, Pearson India
Education Services Pvt. Ltd.
2. Erwinkreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics,9 Edition, JohnWiley & Sons,2006.
3. VeerarajanT., Engineering Mathematics for first year,TataMcGraw-Hill,NewDelhi,2008.
4. D.Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005.
5. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36 Edition,2010.

Course Outcome

CO1: Apply the concept of differential calculus and to evaluate the curvature, radius of K3
Curvature and envelope
CO2: Understand the concept of limits, continuity and to evaluate derivatives K2
CO3: Analyze the convergence of the series using root test, D’Alembert’stest, Leibnitz’stest K3

CO4: Determine the rank of a matrix, linear system of Equation, and Eigen values and K3
Eigenvectors
CO5: Evaluate the linear independence and dependence of vectors, linear transformations and K4
inner Product space.

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PPO2
CO1 3 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO5 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -

Assessment Methods:

CAT1 CAT2 ModelExam End Assignments

SemesterEx
ams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration
/Presentation
 PCC SOFTWARE FOUNDATION AND PROGRAMMING I 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
• This course provides conceptual and foundational knowledge of the Fundamentals of
technologies in the context of software and programming.
• For a conceptual understanding of History of Computing, including programming and the
Open Source concepts.
• The course includes enough hands on exercises for the students to be glued on to it.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OPEN SOURCE PARADIGM 9
Brief History of Computing - Art and Science of Programming - Open Standards, Open Source,
and IBM - What is an Open Standard - Open Standards Model - Industries needing standards - The
Impact of Standards - Open Source Software - Open Source - Open Source Technology - The
OPEN Proposition
UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO LINUX 9
What is Linux - Background of Linux - Why is Linux so popular - What can you do with Linux -
Linux Distributions - Linux Technology Center - Future of Linux.
UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO EMERGING AREAS OF TECHNOLOGY 9
Cloud Computing – Pros and Cons of Cloud computing – Case study - Business Analytics – Need
for Analytics – Mobile Apps Development – Social Business - Information Security.
UNIT IV INDUSTRY USAGE OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 9
Industry Session on C Programming - Background of C- Getting Started with C- Constructs-
Loops & Arrays- Functions- Pointers- User Defined Types- Binary I/O With Structures..
UNIT V FILE HANDLING 9
File Handling in C – Stream File – Text File functions – Binary File functions – File System
functions – Command Line Parameters – File Handling Programs.
TOTAL : 45 h + 30 h (Lab)
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Software Foundation and Programming 1, IBM Student
Course Material
Course Outcome:
Course Description Knowledge
Outcome Level
CO1 Analyze the need of Open Source Standards and its impact in K4
industries
CO2 Analyze the advantages and limitations of Linux. K4
CO3 Understand the emerging areas of technology like cloud, data K2
analytics and mobile app development
CO4 Create programming code for various applications using C K5
language
CO5 Implement the various file operations in C K3
MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO
1 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO
2 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO
3 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO
4 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO
5 2 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 2 3 2 3 3 2
Av
g 2.8 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 2 3 2 3 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments
• • • • •

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration / Presentation

• •
 ESC BASIC CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives :
● To provide the students an illustration of the significance of the Civil and Mechanical
Engineering Profession in satisfying the societal needs.
● To help students acquire knowledge in the basics of surveying and the materials used for
Construction.
● To provide an insight to the essentials of components of a building and the infrastructure
Facilities.
● To explain the component of power plant units and detailed explanation to IC engines their
Working principles.
● To explain the Refrigeration & Air-conditioning system.

UNIT I PART A: OVERVIEW OF CIVIL ENGINEERING (5 hours)

Civil Engineering contributions to the welfare of Society - Specialized sub disciplines in Civil
Engineering – Structural, Construction, Geotechnical, Environmental, Transportation and Water
Resources Engineering – National building code – terminologists: Plinth area, Carpet area, Floor
area, Buildup area, Floor space index - Types of buildings: Residential buildings, Industrial
buildings.
UNIT I PART B: OVERVIEW OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (4 hours)
Overview of Mechanical Engineering - Mechanical Engineering Contributions to the Welfare of
Society –Specialized sub disciplines in Mechanical Engineering – Manufacturing, Automation,
Automobile, and Energy Engineering - Interdisciplinary concepts in Mechanical Engineering.
UNIT II SURVEYING AND CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS (9 hours)
Surveying: Objects – Classification – Principles – Measurements of Distances and angles –
Leveling – Determination of areas– Contours. Civil Engineering Materials: Bricks – Stones – Sand
– Cement – Concrete – Steel - Timber – Modern Materials, Thermal and Acoustic Insulating
Materials, Decorative Panels, Water Proofing Materials. Modern uses of Gypsum, Pre-fabricated
Building components (brief discussion only)
UNIT III BUILDING COMPONENTS AND INFRASTRUCTURE (9 hours)
Building plans – Setting out of a Building - Foundations: Types of foundations - Bearing capacity
and settlement – Brick masonry – Stone Masonry – Beams – Columns – Lintels – Roofing –
Flooring – Plastering. Types of Bridges and Dams – Water Supply Network - Rain Water
Harvesting – Solid Waste Management - Introduction to Highways and Railways - Introduction to
Green Buildings.
UNIT IV INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES AND POWER PLANTS (9 hours)
Classification of Power Plants- Working principle of steam, Gas, Diesel, Hydro -electric and
Nuclear Power plants- Internal combustion engines as automobile power plant – Working principle
of Petrol and Diesel Engines – Four stroke and two stroke cycles – Comparison of four-stroke and
two-stroke engines. Working principle of boilers turbines, Reciprocating Pumps (single acting and
double acting) and Centrifugal Pumps, Concept of hybrid engines. Industrial safety practices and
protective devices
UNIT V REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (9 hours)
Terminology of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Principle of vapour compression and
absorption system–Layout of typical domestic refrigerator–Window and Split type room Air
conditioner. Properties of air - water mixture, concepts of psychometric and its process.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understanding profession of Civil and Mechanical engineering. K2

CO2 Summarise the planning of building, infrastructure and working of K2

Machineries.

CO3 Apply the knowledge gained in respective discipline K3

CO4 Illustrate the ideas of Civil and Mechanical Engineering applications. K2

CO5 Appraise the material, Structures, machines and energy. K3

TEXT BOOKS:
1. G Shanmugam, M S Palanichamy, Basic Civil and Mechanical Engineering, McGraw Hill
Education; First edition, 2018

REFERENCES:
1. Palanikumar, K. Basic Mechanical Engineering, ARS Publications, 2018.
2. Ramamrutham S., “Basic Civil Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.(P) Ltd, 2013.
3. Seetharaman S., “Basic Civil Engineering”, Anuradha Agencies, 2005.
4. Shantha Kumar SRJ., “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Hi-tech Publications, Mayiladuthurai,
2000.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105106201
2. https://geekztrainerblog.wordpress.com/basic-civil-and-mechanical-engineering/

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

O1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2

CO1 - 1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1

CO2 1 2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2

CO3 1 2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 1 2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3

CO5 2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3

1.2 2 2 2.6 2.8 2.6 - - - - - - 2.4 2.2

 ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT ModelExam EndSemesterExams Observation

2

Demonstration
Record MC Projects Viv
/Presentation
Q a

1 0 4 3
ESC WORKSHOP AND MANUFACTURING
PRACTICES
(Blended)

GROUP A– MECHANICAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICES

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To study bench fitting drawings for making male and female fittings as per the
given dimensions and Tolerances.
To study Arc welding drawings for making common weld joints as per the given dimensions.
To study sheet metal development drawings for making common
metalparts/components as per the given dimensions.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

1. Welding
To make singleV, butt, lap and Tfillet joint by arc welding with the back hand and fore hand
welding techniques as per the given dimensions.

2. Basic Machining
To make Simple Turning and Taper turning in the lathe.

3. Fitting Work
To make square, hexagonal, V joint in bench fitting as per the given dimensions and Tolerances.

4. Sheet Metal Work

To make simple Cubical blocks, Rectangular trays in sheet metal with the jigsasper the
given dimensions.

CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a. Buildings : Study of plumbing and carpentry components of residential and

industrial buildings. Safety aspects.

b. Plumbing Works : Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves,
taps, couplings, unions, reducers, elbows in house hold fittings.

c. Basic pipe connections–Mixed pipe material connection–Pipe connections with

different joining components.

TOTAL: 60 Hours
Course Outcomes

CO1: Understand the various type of workshop machines and practices in K2

Manufacturing
CO2: Develop operating skills in different workshop machines K3
CO3: Develop simple objects and illustrations based on the dimensions K3
CO4: Measure the parameters and features of the workshop and manufacturing K5
Machines
CO5: Demonstrate the complete functioning and process of the workshop K2
machines

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 -
CO2 3 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO3 3 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO4 3 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO5 3 2 1 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 -

AssessmentMethods:

CAT1 CAT2 Model End Assignments

Exam SemesterE
xams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/

Presentation
✓
 BSC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

➢ The chemistry laboratory course will consist of experiments illustrating the

principles of chemistry relevant to the study of science and engineering.
➢ The students will learn to:
• Estimate rate constants of reactions from concentration of reactants/products as a
function of time.
• Measure molecular/system properties such as surface tension, viscosity,
conductance of solutions, redox potentials, chloride content of water, etc
• Synthesize a small drug molecule.
Experiments

1. Determination of the rate constant of are action.

2. Determination of the partition coefficient of a substance between two immiscible
liquids.
3. Determination of surface tension and viscosity.
4. Thin layer chromatography.
5. Determination of chloride content in water.
6. Determinationofcellconstantandconductanceof solutions.
7. Synthesis of a polymer/drug.
8. Determination of saponification/acid value of an oil.
9. Determination of redox potentials and emf by Potentio metric method.
10. Estimate the adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal.

Text Books

T1: S.Sundaram andK.Raghavan“PracticalChemistry”,S.Viswanathan.Co.3rdedition2011.

T2: Gnanaprakasam, Ramamurthy,“OrganicChemistryLabManual” S.Viswanathan Pvt. Ltd.
3rdedition2011.
Reference Books

R1: Vogel’s–“Text book of qualitative organic Analysis”, Longmann,12thedition,2011

R2: J.N.Gurtu and R.Kapoor “ Advanced experimental Chemistry”, S.Chandand Co.6th
edition,2010.
Web Links

1. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/ap-chemistry-
beta/x2eef969c74e0d802:kinetics/x2eef969c74e0d802:introduction-to-
rate-law/v/experimental- determination-of-rate-laws
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qdmKGskCyh8
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7_6_dKlo67k

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1: Estimate the rate constants of reactions and partition coefficient of immiscible
liquids.
CO2: Find the viscosity and to test the purity of the compound.
CO3: Estimate the amount of chlorine content present in drinking water and to
know the conductance of a solution.
 CO4: Develop a small drug molecule and to know the saponification of an oil.
CO5: Find out the unknown element by Potentiometric method and to remove
some of the toxic chemical by charcoal method.

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT ModelExam EndSemesterExams Observation

2
✓ ✓ ✓
Demon
Record MCQ Projects Viv
stratio/
a
Present
ation
✓ ✓ ✓

PCC SOFTWARE FOUNDATION AND PROGRAMMING 0 0 2 1

LABORATORY - I
(Practical)
Course Objectives:
• The course will focus on using a teacher-student interactive and decision-oriented learning
exercises.
• For the active learning mode in the course to be effective, participating in class discussions is
extremely important along with self paced learning to clear the concepts of software.
• In addition to the lectures, discussions and demonstrations, students would be required to work
on sample applications and exercises.

List of Experiments

1. Write a Program to calculate and display the volume of a CUBE having its height (h=10cm), width
(w=12cm) and depth (8cm).
2. Write a program to take input of name, rollno and marks obtained by a student in 4 subjects of 100
marks each and display the name, rollno with percentage score secured.

3.Write a program to print whether a given number is even or odd.

4.Write a program to compute grade of students using if else adder. The grades are assigned as
followed:

Marks Grade
marks<50 F
50≤marks< 60 C
60≤marks<70 B
70≤marks<80 B+
80≤marks<90 A
90≤mars≤ 100 A+

5.Write a program to find whether a character is consonant or vowel using switch statement.
6.Write two programs to print positive integers from 1 to 10. Using while and for loop.

7.Write a program to display the following pattern.

1
12
123
1234
12345

8. Write a C program to find both the largest and smallest number in a list of integers.

9. Write a program to store information of 5 students in structure and display it.

10. Write a C Program to print the multiplication table for the number given by the user.

11. Write a C Program to implement call by value using functions.

MC UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES : UNDERSTANDING

2 0 0 0
HARMONY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

⮚ Development of a holistic perspective based on self-exploration about themselves (human

being), family, society and nature/existence.
⮚ Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family, society and
nature/existence
⮚ Strengthening of self-reflection.
⮚ Development of commitment and courage to act.
UNIT I Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for
Value Education
Understanding the need, basic guidelines, content and process for Value Education, Self-
Exploration–what is it? - its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experiential
Validation- as the mechanism for self exploration, Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look
at basic Human Aspirations, Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities- the basic
requirements for fulfillment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority,
Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current scenario,
Method to fulfill the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various
levels.
UNIT II Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself
Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’,
Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha, Understanding the Body as
an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer), Understanding the characteristics and
activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’, Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and
Health; correct appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity indetail, Programsto ensure
Sanyam andHealth
UNIT III Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in
Human- Human Relationship
Understanding harmony in the Family- the basic unit of human interaction , Understanding values
in human-human relationship; meaning of Nyaya and program for its fulfillment to ensure Ubhay-
tripti; Trust (Vishwas) and Respect (Samman) as the foundational values of relationship,
Understanding the meaning of Vishwas; Difference between intention and competence,
Understanding the meaning of Samman, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other
salient values in relationship, Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an
extension of family): Samadhan, Samridhi, Abhay, Sah-astitva as comprehensive Human Goals,
Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society (AkhandSamaj),
Universal Order (SarvabhaumVyawastha )- from family to worldfamily!.
UNIT IV Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence
as Co-existence
Understanding the harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the
four orders of nature- recyclability and self-regulation in nature, Understanding Existence as Co-
existence (Sah-astitva) of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space, Holistic perception of
harmony at all levels of existence.
UNIT V Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on
Professional Ethics
Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct, Basis for
Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order, Competence in
Professional Ethics: a) Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal
human order, b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people-friendly and eco-
friendly production systems, technologies and management models, Case studies of typical
holistic technologies, management models and production systems, Strategy for transition from
the present state to Universal Human Order: a) At the level of individual: as socially and
ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and managers, b) At the level of society: as
mutually enriching institutions and organizations.

Course Outcome:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the significance of value inputs in a classroom, distinguish between values and
skills, understand the need, basic guidelines, content and process of value education
2. Distinguish between the Self and the Body, understand the meaning of Harmony in the Self
the Co-existence of Self and Body.
3. Understand the value of harmonious relationship based on trust, respect and other naturally
acceptable feelings in human-human relationships and explore their role in ensuring a harmonious
society
4. Understand the harmony in nature and existence, and work out their mutually fulfilling
participation in the nature.
5. Distinguish between ethical and unethical practices, and start working out the strategy to
actualize a harmonious environment wherever they work.

Text Books:
1. R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Human Values and Professional Ethics Excel Books, New
Delhi, 2010
References:
1. Ivan Illich, 1974, Energy & Equity, The Trinity Press, Worcester, and Harper Collins,USA
2. E.F. Schumacher, 1973, Small is Beautiful: a study of economics as if people mattered, Blond
& Briggs, Britain. Sussan George, 1976, How the Other Half Dies, Penguin Press. Reprinted
1986, 1991.
 HSC ENGLISH 2 0 0 2

Course Objective:
➢ To acquire ability to speak effectively in real life situations.
➢ To write letters and reports effectively informal and business situations.
➢ To develop listening skills for academic and professional purposes.
➢ To gain effective speaking and listening skills in communication.
➢ To develop the soft skills and interpersonal skills to excel in their career.
➢ To enhance the performance of students at Placement Interviews, Group Discussions
and other recruitment procedures.

UNIT I VOCABULARY BUILDING 08

General Vocabulary–Nouns—Compound nouns , Synonyms, Antonyms, Prefixes and
Suffixes,Homonyms, Homographs and Homophones, Changing words from one form to
another, Acronyms and Abbreviations.-Instructions.

UNIT II BASIC WRITING 08

Sentence structures –Kinds of sentences, Types of sentences, Clauses and Phrases,
Punctuations, Blending and Clipping, Framing questions- Yes/No types and “Wh“ questions,
Summarizing, Precise writing, Paragraph Writing.

UNIT III IDENTIFYING COMMON ERRORS IN ENGLISH 08

Articles, Prepositions, Subject-verb Agreement, Pronouns - Relative pronouns,
Demonstrative pronouns, MisplacedModifiers, Redundancies, Clichés, Infinitives&
Gerund,Checklist.

UNIT IV NATURE AND STYLE OF SENSIBLE WRITING 08

Situational Dialogues, Process description, Definitions ,Numerical Expressions,
Recommendation, Information Transfer- Flowchart Barchart and Piechart, Writing
introduction and conclusion.

UNIT V WRITING PRACTICES 08

Active voice and Passive voice, Making negative sentences, Tenses, Letter Writing-Formal &
Informal Letters ,Report Writing- Letter Report, Accident Report, Investigation Report and
Survey, Essay writing, Reading Comprehension Passages.

TOTAL - 40 HOURS
Text Books:
1. Department of English, Anna University, Mindscapes, ‘English for Technologists and Engineers’,
Orient Longman Pvt.Ltd, Chennai: 2012.
2. Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Anna University, ‘ English for Engineers
and Technologists’ Combined Edition (Volumes 1 and 2), Chennai: Orient Longman
Pvt.Ltd., 2006.
3. Department of English, AnnaUniversity, Mindscapes, ‘English for Technologists and
Engineers’, Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd, Chennai: 2012.

Reference Books:

(i) Practical English Usage.Michael Swan.OUP.1995.

(ii) Remedial English Grammar. F.T.Wood. Macmillan.2007
(iii) On Writing Well. William Zinsser.Harper Resource Book.2001
 (iv) Study Writing. LizHamp-Lyons and BenHeasly. Cambridge University Press. 2006.
(v) Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford University
Press.2011.
(vi) Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University
Press

Web links:
• https://ehlion.com/magazine/technical-english/
• https://www.kkcl.org.uk/pdf/KKCL_Technical_English_for_Engineers_Brochure.pdf
Course Outcomes
The student will acquire basic proficiency in English including reading and listening
comprehension, writing and speaking skills.

CO 1: Improve the language proficiency of a technical under-graduate in English

with emphasison Learn, Speak, Read and Write skills.

CO 2: Develop listening skills for academic and professional purposes.

CO 3: Acquire the ability to speak effectively in English in real life situations

CO 4: Provide learning environment to practice listening, speaking,

reading and writing skills.
CO 5: Variety of self-instructional modes of language learning and
develop learner autonomy.

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

PO1 PO PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
CO 0 1 2 1 2
2

CO 1 - - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 2 -

CO 2 - - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 2 -

CO 3 - - - - - - 2 - 1 1 1 1 2 -

CO 4 - - - - 2 1 3 1 - - - - 2 -
CO 5 - 1 2 2 2 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 2 -

Average 1 2 2 2 1.75 2.5 1.75 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 -

Assessment Methods:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Assignments
Exams
Exam
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/

Presentation
 BSC Physics (Semi Conductor) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

➢ To learn the basics of electronic materials, semiconducting materials and their interaction
with light, new engineered semiconductor devices.
➢ To apply these fundamental principles to solve practical problems related to materials used
for engineering applications.
UNIT I Electronic materials 9
Energy bands in solids -Types of electronic materials: metals - semiconductors and insulators -
Direct and indirect band gaps- Free electron theory-electrical conductivity and thermal
conductivity-Fermi distribution-Effect of temperature on Fermi function–Density of energy
states-Kronig-Penny model-E-k diagram.

UNIT II Semiconductors 9
Intrinsic semiconductor-carrier concentration derivation–Variation of Fermienergy level with
temperature –extrinsic semiconductors–derivation-carrier concentration in n type and p type
semiconductor–Variation of Fermi energy level with temperature and impurity concentration.

UNIT III Light-semiconductor interaction 9

Optical transitions in bulk semiconductors: absorption-spontaneous emission and stimulated
emission- Einstein’s coefficient- derivation –Photo voltaic effect –Solar cells –principle and
working -excitons

UNIT IV Semiconductor devicesandMeasurements 9

Semiconductor diodes: construction and working–PN diode–Zener diode–Light Emitting
Diode(LED)–
Measurements : UV-Vis spectroscopy –Hall effect –Determination of Hall coefficient–
Applications.

UNIT V Engineered semiconductor materials 9

Shape Memory Alloys (SMA) – Characteristics, Properties of Ni-Ti alloy - Applications -
SemiconductorNanomaterials: Synthesis, properties and applications of nanophase materials –
Quantum confinement –Quantum nano structures:quantum dots- quantum wires -
quantumwells.
TOTAL: 45 hours

Textbooks:

T1: Rajendran V, and Marikani A, ‘Materials Science’Tata McGraw Hill publications,

NewDelhi,2011.
T2: Vijaya,M .and RangarajanG,‘MaterialsScience’TataMcGraw Hill publications ,
NewDelhi2006.
T3: Dr.ManiP, ‘Atextbook of EngineeringPhysics– II’Shri DhanamPublilsher, Chennai2016
T4: Murugeshan R, Kiruthiga Sivaprasath,‘Modern Physics’ S ChandPublisher2016

Reference Books:

R1: S.M.Sze, Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology, Wiley(2008).

R2: Charles Kittel ‘Introduction to Solid State Physics’, John Wiley and sons, 7th
edition, Singapore 2008.
 R3: KasapS.O,“Principles of Electronic Materials”,3rdedition, McGraw Hill Higher
Education,2005.
R4: PradeepT,“A textbook of Nano science and Nano technology”, McGraw Hill Higher
Education,
2012.
R5: PalanisamyP.K, ‘Materials Science’, Sci tech publications, Chennai,2007.
R6: J. Singh, Semi conductor Opto electronics: Physics and Technology,
McGraw-Hill Inc. (1995).R7: P.Bhattacharya, Semiconductor Opto
electronic Devices, Prentice HallofIndia (1997).
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102026/2
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102026/15
3. http://textofvideo.nptel.ac.in/115102026/lec18.pdf
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122103010/34
5. http://orbit.dtu.dk/files/4817236/petersen.pdf
COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1: Analyze the behavior of free electrons in conducting materials.
CO2: Analyze the type of semi conducting materials and their applications.
CO3: Identify thedirect andindirectbandgapsemiconductors.
CO4: Demonstrate the construction and working of various semiconductor
devices.
CO5: Develop the design and fabrication of quantum nano structures.
MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO PO PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO PSO2
2 3 1
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO4 - 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 3
CO5 - 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - - 2
AVG 3.00 2.60 2.25 3.00 - - - - - - 3 - 2.25 2.50
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments

Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
/Presentation

✓ ✓
 BSC Mathematics-II (Probability and Statistics)
3 1 0 4

Course Objective:

The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with statistical

techniques.It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an
intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling various
problems in the discipline.

UNIT I : Basic Probability (12)

Introduction to Probability-Conditional probability–Baye’s Theorem-Random
Variables-Discrete random variables- Continuous Random Variables– Probability mass
function-Probability density function.

UNIT II: Standard Distributions (12)

Introduction to theoretical distribution-Discrete Distributions- Binomial, Poisson,
Geometric Distributions- Continuous Distribution-Uniform, Normal, Exponential and
Gamma distribution-Properties.

UNIT III : Correlation and Regression Analysis (12)

Correlation: Types of Correlation - Methods of studying correlation –Scatter diagram
method, Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of correlation, Spearman’s Rank Correlation
Coefficient. Regression: Regression Lines and Regression equations-simple problems

UNIT IV: Basic Statistics (12)

Introduction- Measures of Central tendency: Mean, Median and Mode- Measure of
Dispersion- Range, Mean deviation- Standard Deviation and coefficient of variation

UNIT V: Sampling (12)

Introduction to small sample – t-test- Single mean, difference of means, and Paired t-
test- F-test-Chi-square test for goodness off it and independence of attributes.

Total Hours: 60

Course Outcome :

CO1: Apply the fundamental concepts of probability.

CO2: Understand of standard distributions which can describe real life phenomenon.
CO3: Understand and criticallydiscuss the issues surrounding ofcorrelation and Regression
CO4: Evaluate the underlying assumptions of analysis tools of measures of central tendency
CO5: Analyze the uses and limitations of Testing of hypothesis used in engineering

Text Books :

1. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of engineering mathematics, laxmi
publications, reprint, 2014(NinthEdition)
 2. S.P.Gupta, Statistical Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons,NewDelhi
3. S.C.GuptaandV.K.Kapoor, Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Sultan Chand &Sons,3rd
Edition, 2001.
4. S.Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th Ed., Pearson Education India, 2002.

Reference Books

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics , 9thEdition, John Wiley &Sons,2006.

2. P.G.Hoel, S.C.Port and C.J.Stone, Introduction to Probability Theory, Universal
Book Stall, 2003(Reprint).
3. W.Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, Vol.1, 3rdEd., Wiley,
1968.
4. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 35th Edition, 2000.

PCC Software Foundation and Programming II 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
• This course provides conceptual and practical knowledge of the Fundamentals of technologies in the
context of building enterprise web based applications.
• The contents of this course will ensure that a student interest in the subject is well founded and sows
a seed for a conceptual understanding of software and computing practices of current generation.
• This course provides knowledge on open source software PHP, XML, Eclipse.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 9

Art and Science of Programming - Introduction to OOPS - Introduction to C++ - Conditional
Programming Constructs
UNIT II CLASSES AND OBJECTS 9
Essentials of Programming (Classes, Objects) - Features of C++ - Inheritance, Polymorphism&
Encapsulation - Operator Overloading - I/O in C++ - Friend Function
UNIT III FILE HANDLING 9
File Handling - Template Functions - Template Classes - Exception Handling - Information
Management
UNIT IV XML 9
XML Basics, Document type definitions (DTDs), XML namespaces, XML schema, XPath, XSL
transformation
 UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO ECLIPSE 9
Introduction to Integrated Development Environment – Eclipse, Java Development Tools -
Debugging Applications - The Eclipse Architecture - Eclipse Web Tools Platform Project 1.0 -
Software in Real World: The IBM Canvas and their Applications

TOTAL : 45h

TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Software Foundation and Programming II(with C++), IBM
Student Course Material.

Course Outcome:

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Write simple code in open source paradigm like PHP,
CO1 K4
Ruby, Rails
CO2 Understand XML and related technologies K3

CO3 Describe Eclipse Architecture, Terms and Concepts K4

CO4 Identify and analyze Big Data applications K3

Find the need of mobility and Cloud Based
CO5 K6
Applications Development

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -

Assessment Methods:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Observations

Exams
✓ ✓ ✓
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration/
Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 1 0 4 3
ESC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DESIGN
(Blended)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
➢ To develop in students, graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of
Engineering products.
➢ To expose them to existing national standards related to technical drawings.

CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination)

Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments– BIS conventions
and specifications–Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets–Lettering and dimensioning.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWING AND PLANE CURVES 12

Curves used in engineering practices: Conics – Construction of ellipse, Parabola andhyperbola
byeccentricity method – Construction of cycloid, Epicycloid, Hypocycloid – construction of
involutes ofsquad and circle – Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves. Scales –
Plain, Diagonal andVernierScales.

UNIT II PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANE SURFACES 12

Projection of points and straight lines located in the first quadrant–Determination of true lengths
and true inclinations–Projection of polygonal surface and circular lamina inclined to both reference
planes-Auxiliary Planes.

UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 12

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one
reference plane by change of position method- Auxiliary Views.

UNIT IV PROJECTION OF SECTION OF SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF

SURFACE 12
Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference
planeand perpendicular to the other – Obtaining true shape of section - Auxiliary Views.
Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids–Prisms, pyramids, cylinders and
cones– Development of lateral surfaces of solids with cylindrical cutouts, perpendicular to the
axis.

UNIT V PROJECTION OF ORTHOGRAPHIC AND ISOMETRIC 12

Free hand sketching: Representation of Three- Dimensional objects – General principles of ortho
graphic projection – Need for importance of multiple views and their placement - layout views –
Developing visualization skills through free hand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views
of objects Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale–isometric projections of simple
solids, truncated prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.

TOTAL:60 Hours

TEXTBOOKS:

1. N.D.Bhatt,“EngineeringDrawing”CharotarPublishingHouse,46thEdition,(2003).
2. K.V.Natrajan,“AtextbookofEngineeringGraphics”,DhanalakshmiPublishers,Chennai(2006).
REFERENCES
1. M.S.Kumar,“Engineering Graphics”,D.D.Publications,(2007).
2. K.Venugopal &V.PrabhuRaja,“Engineering Graphics”,New Age International(P) Limited(2008).
3. M.B.Shahand, B.C.Rana,“Engineering Drawing”,PearsonEducation(2005).
4. K.R.Gopalakrishnana,“Engineering Drawing”(Vol.I&II), Subhas Publications(1998).
5. Dhananjay A.Jolhe,“Engineering Drawing with an introduction to AutoCAD” Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited (2008).
6. Basant Agarwal and AgarwalC.M.,“Engineering Drawing”,Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, (2008).
Course Outcomes

Understand the theory of projection able to know and understand the

CO1: Conventions and the methods of engineering drawing K2
Improve their visualization skills so that they can apply these skills in
CO2: K3
projection of surfaces
Improve their visualization skills so that they can apply these skills in
CO3: K3
projections of solids
Impart and inculcate a proper understanding of the theory of projection.
CO4: Improve the visualization skills K3
Understand the various concepts like dimensioning, conventioning
CO5: and standards related to working drawings. K4

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9
0 1 2 1 2
CO 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
1
CO 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
2
CO 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
4
CO 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
5

Assessment Methods:

End Semester Exams

CAT1 CAT2 Model Assignments
Exam
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/

Presentation
✓
 HSC ENGLISH LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives
To enable the student to explore the knowledge in communication skills.
To gain knowledge in the process of Placement Interviews, Group Discussions and other
recruitment procedures.

List of Experiments 40

1. Introduction to English sounds

2. Consonants and vowels
3. Syllable and Stress
4. Intonation
5. Communication Skills
6. Summarizing
7. Report Writing
8. Information Transfer
9. Presentation Skills
10. Group Discussion
11. Letter Writing
12. Cover letter and Resume

Text Books:
1. Department of English,Anna University, Mindscapes,‘English for Technologists and Engineers’,
Orient Longman Pvt.Ltd,Chennai:2012.
2. M.Ashraf Rizvi,“ Effective Technical Communication”,TataMcGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited,New Delhi.2009.

Reference Books:
1. Practical English Usage.Michael Swan.OUP.1995.
2. Communication Skills.Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata.Oxford University Press.2011.
3. Exercises in Spoken English.Parts.I-III.CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University Press

Web links:
• https://onlinemasters.ohio.edu/blog/engineering-communication/
• https://online.rice.edu/courses/communication-skills-for-engineers-specialization

Course Outcome
CO1 : Distinguish various listening & written contexts for understanding the implied meanings
and responding to them accordingly.
CO2 : Use appropriate pronunciation and rhythm of spoken language in oral communication.
CO3 : Draft and interpret the written communication in official contexts like narrative, descriptive,
creative, critical and analytical reports.
CO4 : Infer implied meanings of different genres of texts and critically analyze and evaluate them
for ideas, as well as formethod of oral presentation.
CO5 : Make use of suitable communicative strategies to express their point of views convincingly
in any type of discussions, negotiation and conversations.
Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 2 -

Assessment Methods:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observations

✓ ✓ ✓
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration/
Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

BSC PHYSICS LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

To enable the student to explore the field of Mechanics of Solids and Properties of Matter.
To gain knowledge in the scientific methods and learn the process of measuring different
Physical variables.

Experiments

1. Determination of Rigidity Modulus–Torsional pendulum

2. Determination of wave length and particle size using laser
3. Ultrasonic Inter ferometer
4. Determination of band gap of a semiconductor material
5. Hooke’s law– Determination of spring constant
6. Determination of Young’s Modulus–Uniform Bending
7. Determination of Young’s Modulus–Non Uniform Bending
8. Determination of Viscosity of a liquid -Poiseuille’s method
9. Spectrometer– Grating
10. Deflection Magnetometer –TanA position
11. Deflection Magnetometer –TanB position
12. Potentiometer-Calibration of low range Voltmeter
 Text Books:

T1: C.C.Ouseph, U.J.Rao, V.Vjiayendran, Practical Physics, 1stEdition, 2015.

T2: Biswajit Saha, Practical Physics Book, LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, 1stEdition, 2020.

Reference Books:

R1: G.L.Squires, Practical Physics, 4th Edition,Cambridge University Press,2001.

R2: D.Chattopadhyay, P.C.Rakshit, B.Saha,“An Advanced Course in Practical Physics”,2nded.,Books&

AlliedLtd.,Calcutta,1990.

Web Links:

2. http://amrita.olabs.edu.in/?sub=1&brch=5&sim=155&cnt=2
3. https://vlab.amrita.edu/index.php?sub=1&brch=280&sim=1509&cnt=4

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1: Measure the wavelength and particle size of semiconductor diode laser.
CO2: Analyze the coefficient of viscosity of a liquid.
CO3: Estimate the band gap energy of given semiconductor material.
CO4: Determine the compressibility of the liquid using ultrasonic
interferometer.
CO5: Measure the Young’s modulus of the given solid materials.

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - - 2 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 2
CO2 - - - 2 2 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 3
CO3 - - 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 2
CO4 - - - 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 3
CO5 - - 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 2
Average - - 2.66 2.80 2.80 - - - 3.00 - 3.00 - 3.00 2.40

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT Model Exam End Semester Observation

2 Exams
✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration
Record MC Projects Viva
Q /Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC SOFTWARE FOUNDATION AND 0 0 2 1
(Practical) PROGRAMMING LAB II

Course Objectives:
• This course provides conceptual and practical knowledge of the Fundamentals of technologies
in the context of building enterprise web based applications.
• The contents of this course will ensure that a student interest in the subject is well founded
and sows a seed for a conceptual understanding of software and computing practices of
current generation.
• This course provides knowledge on open source software PHP, XML, Eclipse.

List of Experiments

1. Write the C++ program on based on the If else condition.

2. Write a C++ program on based on the For-loop concept using break statement.
3. Write the C++ program on based on the Simple If condition.
4. Write the C++ program on based on the do-while loop concept.
5. Write the C++ program on based on the While loop concept using continue statement
6. Write a program to print whether a given number is even or odd.
7. Write the C++ program on based on the Switch condition
8. Write the C++ program on based on the Multiple Inheritance concept.
9. Write the C++ program on based on the Multilevel Inheritance Concept.
10. Write the C++ program on based on the Encapsulation concept.

2 0 0 0
MC CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

➢ The purpose of the course is to acquaint the students with basic principles of the
Constitution of India and its working.
➢ To help students be familiar with the historical and significant aspects of the constitution of
India.
➢ To make students aware of their fundamental duties andrights.
➢ To know about central and state government functionalities in India.

UNIT I NATURE, OBJECT AND SCOPE OF THE CONSTITUTION 6

Nature, object and scope of Constitutional Law and Constitutionalism–Historical Perspective
of the Constitution of India–Salient Features and Characteristics of Constitutionof India.

UNIT II FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS 6

Nature and scope of Fundamental Rights – Scheme of Fundamental Rights – Right to
Equality – Right toFreedom of Speech and Expression – Right to Life – Right against
Exploitation – Right to Religious Freedom –Minority Rights.
UNIT III DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY AND DUTIES 6
Directive Principles of State Policy –Importance and Implementation–Scheme of Fundamental
Duties and its Legal Status.

UNIT IV FEDERAL STRUCTURE 6

Federal Structure–Distribution of Legislative and Financial Powers between the Union and the
States–Parliamentary Form of Government in India–Constituent Powers and Status of the President
of India.

UNIT V AMENDMENT AND EMERGENCY PROVISIONS 6

Amendment of the Constitution – Procedure – Historical Perspective of the Constitutional
Amendments in India – Emergency Provisions – National Emergency – President Rule –
Financial Emergency – Local Self Government–Constitutional Scheme in India.

TOTAL: 30 hours

COURSEOUTCOME:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 : Elaborate the constitution of India and its salient features.
CO2: Know the fundamental rights and duties.
CO3: Discuss the Parliamentary Form of Government in India.
CO4: Recognize the Directive Principles of State Policy.
CO5: Understand and abide the rules of the Indian constitution and to appreciate
different culture among the people.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. V.N.Shukla, Constitutional Law of India

2. D.D.Basu,Commentary on the Constitution of India
3. J.N.Pandey,Constitution of India
4. Durga Das Basu,“Introduction to the Constitution of India“,Prentice Hall of
India,NewDelhi.
5. R.C.Agarwal,(1997)“Indian Political System”,S.Chandand Company,New Delhi.
6. Maciver and Page,“Society: An Introduction Analysis“, Mac Milan India Ltd.,
NewDelhi.
7. K.L.Sharma, (1997) “Social Stratification in India: Issues and Themes”,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, NewDelhi.

REFERENCES BOOKS:

1. V.D.Mahajan,Constitutional Law of India

2. H.M.Seervai,Constitution of India
3. Sharma,Brij Kishore,“Introductionto the Constitution of India:,Prentice Hall of
India,NewDelhi.
4. U.R.Gahai,“Indian Political System“,New Academic Publishing House, Jalaendhar.
5. R.N.Sharma,“Indian Social Problems“,Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt.Ltd.
BSC Mathematics-III (Fourier series and Transforms) 3 1 0 4

Course Objective:
This course aims to provide the students to study Fourier Transforms and some
concepts of infiniteFourier Sine and Cosine transforms, finite Fourier Sine and Cosine
transforms and applications to solve someinfinite and boundary value problems using
finite and infinite transforms.

UNIT I FOURIER SERIES 12

Dirichlet’s conditions – Fourier series–Odd and even functions–Half range sine series–
Half range cosine series–Complex form of Fourier Series-Parseval’sidentity–Harmonic
Analysis.

UNIT II FOURIER TRANSFORM 12

Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier transform pair – Fourier
Sine andCosine transforms – Properties – Transforms of simple functions –
Convolution theorem – Parseval’sidentity.

UNIT III PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Formation of partial differential equations - singular integrals- Solutions of standard
types of first orderpartial differential equations – Lagrange’s linear equation - Linear
partial differential equations of secondandhigher orderwithconstant coefficientsof
homogeneousfunctions.

UNIT IV APPLICATIONSOFPARTIALDIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Classification PDE-Method of separation of variables–One dimensional wave equation

and One dimensional heat equation of heat conduction – Steady state solution of two-
dimensional heat equation of heat conduction (square plate only).

UNIT V Z-TRANSFORM AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS 12

Z-transform–Introduction-properties–InverseZ-transform(using partial fraction and

residues)–Convolution theorem - Formation of difference equations – Solution of
difference equations using Z-transform.
Total Hours:60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grewal.B.S,“Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publications, Delhi, 43rdEdition,2013.
2. RamanaB.V,“Higher Engineering Mathematics”,Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company,New
Delhi,6th
reprint,2008.
3. SivaramakrishnaDas.P &Vijayakumari.C , A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics-III

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bali.N.P. and Manish Goyal‘ A Text book of Engineering Mathematics’, Laxmi

Publications,9thedition,2011.
2. Erwin Kreyszig,“Advanced Engineering Mathematics”,WileyIndia,9thEdition,2011.
3. GlynJames,“Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics”,Pearson Education,3rd
Edition,2012.
 Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the students will be able to

CO1: Develop Fourier series for different types of functions.

CO2: Acquaint the student with Fourier Transform techniques used in wide variety of
situations.
CO3: Introduce the basic concepts of Partial differential equations for solving
standard Partial differential equations
CO4: Analyze the student with Fourier series techniques in solving heat flow problems used in
various situations.
CO5: Understand the z-transforms and its properties
Mapping of Program out comes with course outcomes

PO8 PO9 PO10 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO2

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
1 2 1
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2
CO3 3 2 1 1 1 3 - - - - - 1 2 1
CO4 3 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 3

Assessment Methods:

CAT 1 CAT Model End Semester Assignments

2 Exam Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration

/Presentation
 ESC DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3 1 0 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and shows the correlation between
Boolean expressions
To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions
To outline the formal procedures for the analysis and design of combinational circuits
and sequential circuits
To introduce the concept of memories and programmable logic devices.

UNIT I LOGIC GATES, BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND MINIMIZATION

TECHNIQUES 9
Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Review of Boolean Algebra and De-
Morgan’s Theorem, Minimum of Boolean Expressions, Minterm, Maxterm, Sum of
Products (SOP) & Product of Sums (POS) forms, Canonical forms, Karnaugh maps, Quine
McCluskey method of minimization

UNIT II COMBINATIONAL LOGIC DESIGN 9

Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Parallel Adder/ Subtractor, Code
Converters, Magnitude Comparator, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Encoder, Decoder.

UNIT III SEQUENTIAL LOGIC DESIGN 9

Flip Flop design: SR, JK, D and T Flip Flop, Realization of Flip flops, Counters: Modulo N
Counter, UP/DOWN Counter, Ripple Counter, Ring Counter, Shift registers- SISO, SIPO,
PIPO, PISO, Races, Hazards.

UNIT IV MEMORIES, PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES AND LOGIC

FAMILIES 9
Memories: ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, RAM, Static RAM cell, Bipolar RAM cell,
MOSFET RAM cell, Dynamic RAM CELL. Programmable logic devices: Programmable
Logic Array (PLA), Programmable Array Logic (PAL), Field Programmable Gate Array
(FPGA).

UNIT V VHDL CONCEPTS IN DIGITAL DESIGN 9

Design entry: Different modeling styles in VHDL, Dataflow, Behavioral and Structural
Modeling, VHDL constructs and codes for combinational and sequential circuits.
TOTAL: 45 h

COURSE OUTCOME:
At the end of this course the students will be able to,
Examine the laws of Boolean algebra and Simplify minterms and
CO1:
maxterms using K map and tabulation methods. K4
Analyze combinational logic circuits like adders, subtractors,
CO2:
multiplexers and Demultiplexers. K4
CO3: Distinguish the operations of SR,JK,T and D flip-flops. K4
CO4: Criticize the different types of memories and their designs. K5
Compile VHDL codes to design combinational and sequential
CO5:
circuits. K6

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. R.P. Jain, “Modern digital Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2009.
T2. Douglas Perry, “VHDL”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2002.
T3. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2003 /
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.

WEBLINKS:
1. www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_electronics/index.asp
2. www.coertvonk.com/hw/logic/synchronous-sequential-logic-30712

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. W.H. Gothmann, “Digital Electronics- An introduction to theory and practice”, PHI,
2ndedition, 2006.
R2. D.V. Hall, “Digital Circuits and Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1989.
R3. Charles Roth, “Digital System Design using VHDL”, Tata McGraw Hill
2ndedition2012.
R4. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw–Hill Education,
2002.

CO/PO MAPPING:
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO
PSO1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2
CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 1 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exam Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
✓ ✓ ✓
 3 0 0 3
PCC OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Objectives
➢ To understand the features of operating system and its role in managing various
system resources.
➢ To learn the Structure and functions of OS, Process scheduling,
Deadlocks, Device management, Memory management and File systems

UNIT I PROCESSES AND THREADS 9

Introduction to operating systems– review of computer organization– operating system
structures– System calls– system programs – system structure – virtual machines. Processes:
Process concept– Process scheduling – Operations on processes – Cooperating processes –Inter
process communication- Communication in client-server systems. Threads: Multi- threading
models–Threading issues.
UNIT II PROCESS SCHEDULING AND SYNCHRONIZATION 9
CPU Scheduling: Scheduling criteria– Scheduling algorithms–Multiple-processor scheduling–
Real Time scheduling– Algorithm Evaluation.Process Synchronization: The critical-section
problem–Synchronization hardware – Semaphores – Classic problems of synchronization –
critical regions –Monitors. Deadlock: System model – Deadlock characterization – Methods for
handling deadlocks –Deadlock prevention–Deadlock avoidance–Deadlock detection– Recovery
from deadlock.
UNIT III STORAGE MANAGEMENT 9
Memory Management: Background – Swapping – Contiguous memory allocation – Paging–
Segmentation – Segmentation with paging. Virtual Memory: Background– Demand paging–
Process creation–Page replacement–Allocation of frames –Thrashing.

UNIT IV FILE SYSTEMS 9

File-System Interface: File concept– Access methods – Directory structure–File system
mounting–Protection. File System Implementation: Directory implementation –Allocation
methods– Free-space management–efficiency and performance– recovery– log- structured file
systems.
UNIT V I/O SYSTEMS 9
I/O Systems–I/O Hardware–Application I/O interface–kernel I/O subsystem–streams–
performance. Mass storage Structure : Disk scheduling – Disk management–Swap-space
management – RAID– disk attachment –stable storage–tertiary storage.

TOTAL : 45hours
Text Books:
T1: Silbers chatz, Galvin, and Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Sixth
Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd,2003
T2:Andrew S. Tanenbaum,“Modern Operating Systems”,Second Edition,Pearson
Education,2004

Reference Books:

R1: Andrew S. Tanenbaum,“ Modern Operating Systems”,Second Edition,Pearson

Education,2004
R2: Gary Nutt,“Operating Systems”, Third Edition,Pearson Education,2004
Web Links:

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/index.html
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs44/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand the concept of operating system structures, system calls,

CO1: K2,K6
system
Programs and build user programs based on it
CO2: Compare the performance of various CPU scheduling algorithms K4
CO3: Compare and contrast various memory management schemes K4
CO4: Use allocation methods to allocate disk space to the files K3
CO5: Evaluate the various file and disk management strategies K5

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO3 PO PO5 PO PO7 PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 4 6 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
CO2 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 1 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1
CO5 1 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3

AV 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.6 2.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.2 2.2

G

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemester Assignments CaseStudies

Exams

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration Openbook

/ test
Presentation
 PCC 3 1 0 4
DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS

Course Objectives
• To understand the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms.
• To differentiate linear and non-linear data structures and the operations upon them.
• To perform sorting and searching in a given set of data items.
• To comprehend the necessity of time complexity in algorithms.

UNIT I Introduction to Algorithms and Analysis 12

Overview and importance of algorithms and data structures. Fundamentals of
algorithm analysis, Space and time complexity of an algorithm, Types of asymptotic
notations and orders of growth, Algorithm efficiency – best case, worst case, average
case, Analysis of non- recursive and recursive algorithms, Asymptotic analysis for
recurrence relation – Recursive Tree Method.

UNIT II Linear Data Structures 12

Array- 1D and 2D array, Stack - Applications of stack: Expression Evaluation -
Conversion of Infix to postfix and prefix expression, Tower of Hanoi. Queue - Types
of Queues: Circular Queue, Double EndedQueue (deQueue), Applications – Priority
Queue using Arrays - List - Singly linked lists – Doubly linked lists - Circular linked
lists, Applications -Polynomial Manipulation - Josephus problem(permutation)

UNIT III Sorting and Search Techniques 12

Searching - Linear Search and binary search, Applications - Findingsquare root of
‘n’-Longest Common Prefix- Sorting – Insertion sort - Selection sort – Bubble sort –
(Counting Sort) - Quick sort- Merge sort, Analysis, Applications - Finding the ‘n’
closest pair’s

UNIT IV Non-linear Data Structures 12

Tree - Terminology, Binary Tree – Terminology and Properties, Tree Traversals,
Expression Trees – BinarySearch Trees – operations in BST – insertion, deletion,
finding min and max, Applications - Graph – basicdefinition and Terminology –
Representation of Graph – Graph Traversal: Breadth First Search (BFS), Depth First
Search (DFS) - Minimum Spanning Tree: Prim's, Kruskal's- Single Source Shortest
Path: Dijkstra’s Algorithm.

UNIT V Hashing, Heaps and Balanced Binary SearchTrees 12

Hash functions, open hashing-separate chaining, closed hashing-linear probing, quadratic

probing,double hashing, random probing, rehashing, extendible hashing, Applications -
Heaps- Heap sort, Applications-Priority Queue using Heaps- AVL trees–Terminology -
basic operations (rotation, insertion and deletion) –Recent trends in algorithms and data
structures

TOTAL : 60 hours

Text Books:
1. Thomas H. Cormen,C.E.Leiserson, RL. Rivest and C.Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, Third
edition, MIT Press, 2009.
2. MarkA.Weiss, Data Structures & Algorithm Analysis in C++,3rd edition, 2008, PEARSON.
Reference Books:

1. Kurt Mehlhorn, and Peter Sanders– Algorithmsand Data Sturctures,The

BasicToolbox, Springer- VerlagBerlin Heidelberg, 2 008.
2. Horowitz, Sahni,and S.Anderson-Freed,”Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”,
UNIVERSITIES PRESS,Second Edition,2008.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106127/
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the fundamental analysis and compute K3

time complexity for a given problem
CO2 Articulate linear data structures and perform various K2
operations permitted on them
CO3 Design and apply a suitable algorithm for searching K6
and sorting Problems
CO4 Develop an algorithm using non-linear datastructures K6
CO5 Understand and apply appropriate hashing K6
techniques to find solutions for practical problems

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO
2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemesterExams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstratio/
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminar
s Presentation

✓ ✓
 PCC 3 1 0 4
Essentials of Object Oriented
programming using Java

Course Objectives:
• The course will focus on using a teacher-student interactive and decision-oriented learning.
• For the active learning mode in the course to be effective, participating in class discussions
is extremely important along with self paced learning to clear the concepts of software.
• In addition to the lectures, discussions and demonstrations, students would be required to work
on sample applications and exercises.
UNIT I OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS 9
Object and Classes in OOP-Command Line arguments-History of the Java Program-Java Evolution-How
to develop Java Programs-Encapsulation-Aggregation and Inheritance-Cosmic Class-Polymorphism-
Abstract classes and Interfaces
UNIT II JAVA LANGUAGE FUNDAMENTALS 9
Introduction-Eclipse IDE-Datatypes-Variables and Operators-Programming Constructs-Arrays-Single
Dimensional Array and Multi Dimensional Array-Java Classes and Objects-Overloading-Static
Members-Initialization Blocks
UNIT III JAVA API CLASSES 9
Java Application Programming Interfaces (API)-Wrapper Class-String-String Builder-String Buffer
Classes-String class and its functions-Data and Time Class-Exceptions-Checked and Unchecked
Exceptions-Custom Exceptions
UNIT IV FILE HANDLING AND MULTI THREADING 9
Introduction-Files and Folder-Stream API and Its Implementation-Serialization-Deserialization-
Multithreading-Java threads and its lifecycle-Synchronization-How to Implement Multi thread programs.
UNIT V LAMBDA EXPRESSIONS AND JDBC 9
Introduction to Lamba expressions-Collection Framework-Utility classes-Functional Inference in Java 8-
JDBC Concepts-How to implement JDBC Program-JDBC program using Data Access Object (DAO).
TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM CE – Essentials of Object Oriented Programming Using Java, IBM Student Course
Material.
Course Outcome :
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Implement the Concepts of Object Oriented Programming K3
Develop the Java Programs using Arrays,Variables and
CO2 K4
Operators
Understand the usage of String, String Builder and String
CO3 K3
Buffer classes
CO4 Implement programs to stream classes to read data from file K6
CO5 Implement JDBC program using Data Access Object (DAO) K6
 PCC OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB 0 0 2 1
(Practical)

Course Objective:
To practice various system calls and concepts of process management, memory
management techniques.
List of Experiments:
1. Study of Linux commands
2. Writing programs using the following system calls of UNIX operating system :
fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close,stat,opendir,readdir
3. Writing programs using the I/O system calls of UNIX operating system
(open,read,write,etc)
4. Writing C programs to simulate UNIX commands like ls,grep,etc.
5. Given the list of processes, their CPU burst times and arrival times, display/print the
Gantt chart for FCFS and SJF. For each of the scheduling policies, compute and print the
average waiting time and average turn around time. (2 sessions).
6. Given the list of processes, their CPU burst times and arrival times, display/print the
Ganttchart for Priority and Round robin. For each of the scheduling policies, compute
and print the average waiting time and average turn around time. (2sessions)
7. Developing Application using Inter Process communication (using shared memory,pipes
or message queues)
8. Implementation of Producer –Consumer problem using semaphores (using UNIX
systemcalls).
9. Implementation of Deadlock avoidance using Banker’s algorithm.
10. Implementation of some memory management schemes–I
11. Implementation of some memory management schemes–II
12. Implementation of any file allocation technique (Linked, Indexed or Contiguous)

Text Books:
T1: Silberschatz, Galvin, and Gagne,“Operating System Concepts”, Sixth Edition,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2003
T2: Andrew S. Tanenbaum,“Modern Operating Systems”,Second Edition,Pearson
Education,2004
Reference Books:
R1: Andrew S. Tanenbaum,“Modern Operating Systems”,Second Edition,Pearson
Education,2004
R2: GaryNutt,“Operating Systems”,Third Edition,Pearson Education,2004

Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/index.html
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs44/preview
 COURSE OUTCOME:

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Implementthe conceptofLinux commands inLinux terminal. K3
CO2 Developaprogramusingthe system callsofUNIXoperatingsystem K6
Analyze the performance of different CPU Scheduling
CO3 K4
Algorithms for thegiven process
CO4 DevelopApplicationusingInterProcesscommunication. K6
CO5 SolveDeadlock usingBanker’salgorithm. K3

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PS
PO PO PO3 PO4 PO5 PO PO PO PO9 PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO O2
1 2 6 7 8 0 1 2 1
CO1 3 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 3
Avera
ge 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.2 2.4 2.
4

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemesterExams Observation

✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration
Record MCQ Projects Viva
/Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHM LAB 0 0 2 1
(Practical)

Course Objectives

➢ Understand various datarepresentation techniques in the real world.

➢ Implement linear and non-lineardata structures.
➢ Analyze various algorithms based on their time and space complexity.
➢ Develop real-time applications using suitable data structure.
➢ Identify suitable data structure to solve various computing problems
Experiments
1. Implementation of Single Linked List operations: (i)Creation (ii)insertion (iii)deletion
(iv)traversal
2. Implementation of polynomial expression in memory using single linked list.
3. Implementation of Circular Linked List operations: (i) Creation (ii) insertion (iii) deletion
(iv) traversal
4. Implementation of Double Linked List operations: (i)Creation (ii)insertion (iii)deletion
(iv)traversal in both ways.
5. Design and implement Stack and its operations using List.
6. Implementationof stack operations:
a. To convert infix expression into postfix expression.
b. To evaluate the postfix expression.
7. Design and implement Queue and its operations using List.
8. Implementation of binary search tree operations: a. Creation of node. b. Traverse the
above binary search tree recursively in pre-order, post-order and in-order. c. Count the
number of nodes in the binary search tree.
9. Implementation of searching techniques:
a.Linear search b.Binary search c. Fibonacci search
10.Implementation of sorting techniques to arrange a list of integers in ascending
order.a.Bubble sort b.Insertion sort c. Selection sort
11.Implementation of sorting techniques to arrange a list of integers in ascending order.a.
Quick sort b. Merge sort
12. Implementation of graph traversal algorithms:a. Depth first search.b. Breadth first search.

Text Books:

T1: M.A. Weiss,“ Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, third Edition, Pearson
Education,2007
T2: A.V.Aho, J.E.Hopcroft, and J.D.Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”,Pearson
Education, First Edition Reprint 2003.

Reference Books:

R1:R.F.Gilberg,B.A.Forouzan,“Data Structures”,Second Edition,Thomson India Edition, 2009

Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs26/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the student swill be able to,

CO1: Gain skills to design and analyze simple linear and non linear data structures.
CO2: Examine insertion, deletion and modification in singly and doubly linkedlist.
CO3: Construct Stack, Queue in array for which all insertions and deletions are made at
both end using various operations
CO4: Apply Insertion, find and deletion operations in Binary Search Tree and Hashing functions.
CO5: Evaluate shortest path in an undirected graph using depth and breadth first algorithms

MAPPING OF COURSE OUT COMESTO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

P PO PO3 PO4 PO PO PO7 PO PO PO1 PO1 PO12 PSO PSO

O1 2 5 6 8 9 0 1 1 2
3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO1
2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO2
3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO3
2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO4
2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 1 3
CO5
2.4 2.2 2.2 2.4 - - - - - - - 2.2 2.4 2.4
Average

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Exams Observation

Exam
✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration
Record MCQ Projects Viva
/Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓
 HSC PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT I 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
➢ To nurture and develop winning personalities and eventually leading them to
become dynamicandsocially responsible leaders

UNIT I SOFT SKILLS I 6

Introduction to Personality Development – Meaning – Features of personality –
Dimensions of Personality Determinants of Personality– Features and Traits–
Components of self concept–Barriers–Self analysis

UNIT II SOFT SKILLS II 6

Importance of Soft Skills – First impression–Work Place requirements–Discipline –
Cleanliness Hygiene –general Appearance––Building Confidence—Concept of
Thinking and Usage –Value of Time–Focus & Commitment.

UNIT III SOFT SKILLS IN ACTION 6

Grooming – Attire – Understanding others– Stability & Maturity Development –
Strength s – Weakness –Opportunities–threats–Merits of SWOT Analysis –
Components – how to convert weakness into strengths – Goal settings

UNIT IV SELF AWARENESS AND SELF ESTEEM 6

Definitions–Components of Self awareness–Developing Self awareness – Self
esteem–meaning–Steps to improve self esteem.

UNIT V SELF MOTIVATION 6

Motivation –Meaning–Techniques of self motivation – Motivation & goal setting–
Motivation and emotion – Motivation at work.
TOTAL: 30h
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Personality Development And Soft Skills Barun K Mitra, Oxford Publication
2. Seven habits of Highly Effective people–Stephen R. covey

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Emotion, motivation and Self regulation – Nathan C. Hall, McGill
University, Canada Thomas Goetz,University of Konstanz, Germany
http://www.emeraldgrouppublishing.com.
2. Psychology of Self esteem – Nathaniel Branden, Nash (1st edition),
Jossey – Bass (32 ndanniversaryedition)
COURSE OUTCOME:
At the end of this course the students will be able to,
CO1: Discuss the features, dimensions and determinants of personality K2
CO2: Make a good first impression in professional and other situations K3
CO3: Demonstrate confidence, punctuality and commitment as an engineer K3
CO4: Set goals for development using SWOTanalysis K5
CO5: Develop self-awareness and improve self esteem K3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemester Assignments Case

Exams Studies
✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminar Demonstration Openbook
s / test
Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

MC BASIC LIFE SKILLS 2 0 0 0

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

To provide value education to improve the students’ character, principle life,

Physical health, maintaining youth fulness, measures and methods in five aspects
of life.

UNIT I PHYSICAL HEALTH 6

Manavalakalai (SKY) Yoga: Introduction - Education as a means for youth
empowerment - Greatness ofEducation Yoga for youth Empowerment. Simplified
Physical Exercises: Hand,Leg,Breathing, Eye exercises - Kapalabathi, Makarasana Part I,
Makarasana Part II, Body Massage, Acu pressure, Relaxation exercises -
Benefits.Yogasanas: Pranamasana – Hastha Uttanasana – Pada Hasthasana – Aswa
Sanjalana Asana – Thuvipathaasva Sanjalana asana – Astanga Namaskara -
Bhujangasana–Atha Muktha Savasana –AswaSanjalana Asana – Pada Hasthasana–
Hastha Uttanasana - Pranamasana.Pranayama: Naddisuddi –Clearance Practice- Benefits.

UNIT II LIFE FORCE 6

Reasons for Diseases - Natural reasons (Genetic / imprints, Planetary Position, Natural
calamities and climatic changes) - Unnatural reasons (Food habits, Thoughts,
Deeds).Philosophy of Kaya kalpa – Physical body-Sexual vital fluid-Life force-Bio-
Magnetism-Mind. Maintaining youth fulness.Postponing old age-Transformation of
food into seven components- Importance of sexual vital fluid Measure and methodin
five aspects of life - Controlling undue Passion. Kayakalpa practice - Aswini Mudra -
Ojas breath –Benefits of KayaKalpa.

UNIT III MENTAL HEALTH 6

Mental Frequencies - Beta, Apha, Theta and Delta wave - Agna Meditation
explanation - benefits.Shanthi Meditation explanation–Benefits-Thuriya Meditation
explanation–Benefit.Benefits of Blessing-Self blessing(Auto suggestion)-Family
blessing-Blessing the others-World blessing- Divine protection
 UNIT IV VALUES 6

Human Values Self-control - Self-confidence - Honesty Contentment - Humility –

Modesty Tolerance -Adjustment - Sacrifice – ForgivenessPurity (Body, Dress,
Environment) - Physical purity - Mental purity -Spiritual puritySocial Values:Non-
violence– Service Patriotism – Equality Respect for parents and elders –care and
protection- Respect for teacher Punctuality- Time Management.

UNIT V MORALITY (VIRTUES) 6

Importance of Introspection - I - Mine (Ego, Possessiveness).Six Evil Temperaments -
Greed - Anger -Miserliness - Immoral sexual passion - Inferiority and superiority
Complex – Vengeance.Maneuvering ofSix Temperaments - Contentment - Tolerance
- Charity - Chastity - Equality - Pardon (Forgiveness).Five essential Qualities acquired
through Meditation: Perspicacity-Magnanimity-Receptivity-Adaptability–Creativity.
Improved Memory Power- Success in the Examination.

TOTAL : 30 h
COURSE OUTCOME:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1: Utilize skills developed through participation in Manavalakalai (SKY) Yoga to

help maintainlifelonghealthandfitness.
CO2: Demonstrate foundational standing, sitting, balance postures with proper
alignment and Maintain youthfulness through kaya kalpa practice.
CO3: Explore relaxation techniques to observe thoughts and to manage emotions and
stress, and reflect on those techniques which are most effective to them.
CO4: Demonstrate an understanding of anatomy and physiology as it applies to the
intentional integration of breath, postures, and movement within the practice
of yoga to understand the human values.
CO5: Achieve a greater sense of awareness, wisdom, introspection, and a deeper
sense of relaxation through meditation to keep up morality in life.

TEXT BOOKS/REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Vethathiri Maharishi, 16th Edi.2013, Yoga for Modern Age, Vethathiri Publications, Erode.
2. Vethathiri Maharishi, 2014, Simplified Physical Exercises, Vethathiri Publications, Erode.
3. Vethathiri Maharishi, 3rd Edi.2014, Kayakalpam, Vethathiri Publications, Erode.
4. Rev.Dr.G.U.Pope ,2016, Thirukkural, Giri Trading Agency,
5. Vethathiri Maharishi, 1994, Mind, Vethathiri Publications, Erode.
6. Chandrasekaran.K, 1999, Sound Health through yoga, Sedapati, Tamilnadu,
Premkalyan Publications.
7. Iyengar,B.K.S.2008,Lighton Yoga,Noida,UP India,Harber Collins Publishing India Ltd.,
8. K.R.Dhanalakshmi and N.S.Raghunathan,“Personality Enrichment, Margham Publications
9. D.r V.M.Selvaraj,“Personality Development ”Bhavani Publications
10. R.S.Agarwal,“Quantitative Aptitude”.
11. A.K Gupta,“Logical and Analytical Reasoning(English)”,30th Edition.
BSC Mathematics-IV 3 1 0 4
(Random Process & Queuing Theory)

Course Objective:

Tounderstand and conduct computersystems modeling and performanceanalysis.

To introduce the basic probability tools and concepts this is useful in modeling, such as
Markov models and queuing theory.
To provide necessary mathematical support and confidence to tackle real life problems.
To provide the required mathematical support to develop probabilistic models which
can be used in several areas of science and engineering.

UNIT I CLASSIFICATION OF RANDOM PROCESSES 12

Definition and examples – First order– Second order –Strictly stationary– Wide-sense stationary
and ergodic process–Markov process–Poisson and Normal process.

UNIT II QUEUEING THEORY - I 12

Markovian queues– Birth and Death Queuing models – Steady state results –Single server
queuing models - (M/M/1) : (∞/FIFO) Model–(M/M/1) : (𝑘/FIFO) Model-Characteristics of
parameters of models.

UNIT III QUEUEING THEORY - II 12

Multiple server queuing models - Little’s Formula – queues with finite waiting rooms-Finite
source models- (M/M/C) : (∞/FIFO )Model –Characteristics of parameters of models,
(M/M/C) : (k/FIFO)Model–Characteristics of parameters of models.

UNIT IV NON-MARKOVIAN QUEUES 12

Finite source models - M/G/∞ queues – Pollaczek -Khinchine formula - M/G/1:(∞/GD) model as
specialcases.

UNIT V QUEUEING NETWORKS 12

Queueing Networks-Classification and Basic Concepts. Open and Closed Networks of M/M/m
Type Queues, Jackson's Theorem.

Total hours : 60

TEXT BOOKS:
T1: Gross.D. And Harris C.M,“Fundamentals of Queueing Theory”, Wiley Student edition, 2004.
T2: Sivaramakrishna Das. Pand Vijayakumari.C, “Probability & Queueing Theory”, Pearson
Eduaction Asia, 6th Edition , 2013.
T3: S.Palaniammal, “Probability & Queueing Theory”,Eastern Economy Edition,2012.
 REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. A.O.Allen,“Probability, “Statistics and QueueingTheory with Computer Applications”,Elsevier,2nd
edition, 2005.
R2. G.Balaji,“ Probability & Queueing Theory”,Balaji Publishers, 2018.

R3. T.Veerarajan, Probability Statistics and Random Process,Mc GrawHill, 2018.

Web Links :
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dSej7AHlim4
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a3eq_8R8uFY
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DblXnXxUQc0
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aPlzhsEsIw
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mbYVI-5cPUU

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1: Demonstrate the problems on Ergodic process, Poisson process and K2

Markovchain.
Analyze the basic characteristic features of a queuing system and acquire
CO2: K4
skills in analyzing queuing models.
CO3: Apply M/M/C model with finite and infinite capacity. K3
Analyze a network of queues with Poisson external arrivals, exponential
CO4: K4
service
Requirements and independent routing.(Jackson networks)
CO5: Identify various elements of a queuing networks and each of its K3
description

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
CO3 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
CO5 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
2.2 1.6 1 1 1.2 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0.6 1.2 0.8
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemesterExams Assignments

Demonstr
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminar
ation
s
/Present
ation
 3 0 0 3
PCC Computer Organization and Architecture

Course Objectives
To understand the architecture of computers and to analyze the
perform ance using various addressing modes.
To familiarize with hierarchical memorys ystem including cache memories and
virtual memory.
To impart knowledge about different ways of communicating with I/O
devices and standard I/O interfaces.

UNIT I BASIC STRUCTURE OF COMPUTERS 9

Functional units – Basic operational concepts – Bus structures – Performance and metrics
– Instructionsand instruction sequencing – Hardware – Software Interface – Instruction set
architecture – Addressing modes – RISC – CISC –ALU design – Fixed point and floating
point operations : Floating Point Numbers and Operations.
UNIT II BASIC PROCESSING UNIT
9
Some Fundamental concepts – Execution of a complete instruction: Branch instructions –
Multiple bus organization – Hardwired control : A Complete Processor–Micro
programmed control : Micro instructions – Micro program Sequencing– Wide-Branch
Addressing– Micro instructions with next address field– Prefetching and emulation– Nano
programming.
UNIT III PIPELINING 9
Basic concepts: Role of Cache Memory – Pipeline Performance – Data Hazards –
Instruction Hazards –Influence on Instruction Sets: Addressing modes–Condition Codes–
Data path and Control Considerations – Super scalar Operation: Out-of-Order Execution –
Execution Completion – Dispatch Operation–Performance Considerations–Exception
Handling.
UNIT IV MEMORYSYSTEM 9
Basic concepts – Semiconductor RAM – ROM – Speed – Size and cost – Cache
Memories: Mapping Functions – Replacement Algorithms – Example – Performance
Considerations: Interleaving – Hit Rate and Miss Penalty–Caches on the Processor Chip–
Virtual Memories–Memory Management Requirements–Associative Memories–
Secondary Storage devices.
UNITV I/O ORGANIZATION 9
Accessing I/O devices – Interrupts : Interrupt Hardware – Enabling and Disabling
Interrupts – Handling Multiple Devices – Controlling Device Requests – Exceptions –
Direct Memory Access: Bus Arbitration –Buses: Synchronous Bus–Asynchronous Bus–
Interface circuits: Parallel Port–SerialPort Standard I/O Interfaces(PCI, SCSI, and USB),
I/O devices and processors.

TEXT BOOK:
Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic and SafwatZaky,“Computer Organization”,sixth
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
 REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. William Stallings,“Computer Organization and Architecture–Designing for
Performance”, Eleventh Edition, Pearson Education,2019.
2. David A. Patterson and JohnL. Hennessy,“ Computer Organization and Design: The
Hardware/Software interface”,fifth Edition, Elsevier,2014
3. JohnP.Hayes,“and Organization”,Third Edition,Tata McGraw Hill, Computer
Architecture2012
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105163

Course Outcomes:

CO KL
Description
CO1 Apply the basic features of operational concepts with its functional operations. K3
Determine hardware blocks and control lines are used for specific instructions that
CO2 execute at different operational level. K5
Demonstrate the operation like add and multiply integers and floating-point numbers
using two’s complement and IEEE floating point representation forvarious models.
CO3 K5
Analyze clock periods, performance, and instruction throughput
CO4 of single-cycle, multi-cycle, and pipelined implementations of a simple K4
instruction set
Deduct and describe the pipeline hazards and identify possible solutions to those
CO5 hazards K5

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO3 PO PO PO PO7 PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 4 5 6 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
AV 2.8 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
G

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT ModelExam EndSemesterExam Assignments

2 s

Demonstratio/
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 PCC Python Programming 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
• To learn the basic concepts of Python
• To create a web application using Django
• To explore GUI Programming in tkinter and PyQT5

UNIT I PYTHON BASICS 9

Introduction to Python, Python Interpreter and its working, Syntax and Semantics- Data
Types: Booleans - Numbers - Lists - Tuples – Set - Dictionaries - Comprehensions -
Assignments and Expressions, Control Flow Statements - Functions and lambda
expressions

UNIT II PYTHON : ADVANCED FEATURES 9

Iterations and Comprehensions - Handling text files - Modules, Classes and OOP - Exception
Handling -- Strings and Regular Expressions

UNIT III PYTHON WEB FRAMEWORK 9

Introduction to Frameworks, Full Stack Frameworks vs Micro Frameworks, Installing Django
creating an application using Django and project folder structure- URLs and views -Models –
Migrating the models-Experimenting with models API - Django Template Engine-Creating an
Administration Interface-Users, groups, and permissions - Object relational mapper

UNIT IV GUI PROGRAMMING - tkinter 9

Introduction to tkinter, Top Level Windows, Dialogs, Message and Entry - Event Handling,
Menus, List boxes and Scrollbars, Text - SQL Database interfaces with sqlite3 : Basic
operations and table load scripts

UNIT V GUI PROGRAMMING - PyQT5 9

Creating a User Interface with Qt Components – Radio button, Checkbox, List. Combo box,
Scrollbars, Progress bar- Undestanding dialog-Layout, Displaying tabular data using Table
Widget, Database Handling
TOTAL : 45 Hours

Text Books:
T1: Sanjeev Jaiswal Ratan Kumar, “Learning Django Web Development”, Packt Publishing
T2: B.M. Harwani, ” Qt5 Python GUI Programming Cookbook, Packt Publishing
Reference Books:
Allen Downey Think Python, Green Tea Press

Web Links:
• https://simpleisbetterthancomplex.com/series/beginners-guide/1.11/

• https://www.fullstackpython.com/
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the basic concepts of Python K1

Apply the knowledge to use advanced features of
CO2 K3
python
Demonstrate the skills to create web application
CO3 K4
using Django
Ability to apply the programming concepts using
CO4 K3
tkinter
CO5 Build GUI application using PyQT5 K5

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PS PS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 O1 O2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
CO3 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
CO5 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
2. 1.6 1 1 1.2 0 0 0 0 0 0.8 0.6 1.2 0.8
2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Assignments Case

Exam Semester Studies
Exams
√ √ √ √ √
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration Open book
/ Presentation test
PCC DBMS, MySQL and SQLite 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
To help the learner in understanding the basics of RDBMS, what are Entities and Relationships,
Overview on Normalization, Database Design and Performance Tuning, JDBC and Advanced
concept in RDBMS like Database Security and Database backup and Restore.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Understanding Database Concepts- Tables,Primary Keys and Foreign Keys- Installation of SQLite-
Installation of Docker based MySQL-DB2 database- Database normalization- Indexes and how
they are used in databases- Configure non-clustered indexes- Configure clustered indexes
UNIT II ENTITIES AND RELATIONSHIPS 9
Entities and Their Attributes- Domains- Basic Data Relationships- Dealing with Many-to-Many
Relationships-Relationships and Business Rules- Data Modeling Versus Data Flow-The Relational
Data Model- Representing Data Relationships- Views and the Data Dictionary
UNIT III NORMALIZATION 9
Translating an ER Diagram into Relations- Normal Forms and types- Database Design and
Performance Tuning- Indexing, Clustering and Partitioning- Creating Database Objects-
Understand data definition language (DDL)- Choose appropriate data types- Manipulating Data-
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
UNIT IV JDBC AS THE FUNDAMENTAL JAVA API 9
JDBC basics- JPA as the JAVA ORM API-Conversion from JDBC to JPA- Database Security-
Sources of Internal & External Security Threats- Database Backup and Restore- Different types of
backups- Define a backup and recovery strategy
UNIT V INTRODUCTION OF MYSQL 9
Create Tables- Drop Tables- Insert Query- Select Query- Where Query- Update Query- Delete
Query- Like Clause- MySQL Joins
TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE -DBMS, MySQL and SQLite, IBM Student Course Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand the database concepts like tables and
CO1 K3
different keys
Understand concepts like entities, attributes, data
CO2 K4
modelling and relationship in RDBMS
Understand the Database Normalization and all the
CO3 K3
database normal forms
Understand on how to create Database and to connect
CO4 K6
through Java API using Java API
Understand how to insert, delete, select, update,
CO5 K6
where, drop, create queries in MySQL Database
 PCC Introduction to AI and ML 3 0 2 4
(Blended)

Course Objectives
➢ Tounderstand the basics of Machine Learning(ML)
➢ Able to program in Python ML Packages
➢ To understand the methods of Machine Learning
➢ To visualize a data set
UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 12
Introduction–Foundations of AI–History of AI–Intelligent agent–Types of agents-Structure
of agents -– Problem solving agents –Uninformed search strategies – Breadth first search
–Uniform cost search – Depth first search – Depth limited search –Bidirectional search –
Searching with partial Information.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 12

Machine learning : Types of Machine Learning- Understanding data–Continuous variable,
categorical variable, Independent variable, dependent variable-Regressionand
classification-linear regression introduction-Overfitting and Underfitting –Bias and
Variance -Machine Learning Life cycle –Data Preprocessing techniques–Feature selection

UNIT III MACHINE LEARNING ALGORITHMS 12

Classification and Regression-Naïve bayes-Decision trees-support vector machine(SVM) –
Random forest- Linear Regression- Multiple Linear Regression-Logistic Regression. -K-
nearest neighbor- Unsupervised learning-k-means clustering-Principal component analysis

UNIT IV MODEL EVALUATION 12

Model Evaluation and Selection methods, Precision- Recall and ROC Curves Confusion
Matrices, Regression Evaluation,Optimizing Classifiers for Different Evaluation Metrics

UNIT V MACHINE LEARNING USING PYTHON 12

Scikit – learn Dataset-Understanding Data frame-slicing a dataframe-managing data-Data
Loading with NumPy and pandas- creating training and test sets - Implementation of
Machine learning algorithms - predictions - implementation of metrics for validating
machine learning algorithms -Scaling and normalization-Data visualization

TOTAL:--60 hours

Text Books:
T1: Kevin P.Murphy,“Machine Learning:A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT Press,2012
T2: Sebastain Raschka,“Python Machine Learning”,Packt publishing(opensource).

Reference Books:
R1: Stephen Marsland,“Machine Learning–An Algorithmic Perspective”,CRC Press,2009
R2: Hastie,Tibshirani, Friedman,“The Elements of Statistical
Learning”(2nded).,Springer,2008
Web Links:

1. https://machinelearningmastery.com/types-of-learning-in-machine-learning/Online
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/machine-learning
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106139/
4. https://www.timberlake.co.uk/machinelearning
 COURSE OUTCOMES

CO Demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of artificial intelligence K3

1: (AI)and its foundations.
CO K4
To apply the Basic Concepts of MachineLearning
2:
CO K5
To build various machine learning algorithms using Linear models
3:
CO To apply ML techniques to application and evaluate the models K4
4:
CO Apply basic principles of AIandML in solutions that require problem solving, K4
5: inference, perception, knowledge representation, and learning.

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO3 PO PO5 PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 4 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
CO5 2 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3
2.8 2.6 2.6 2.2 2.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemester Assignments Case
Exams Studies
√ √ √ √ √ √
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration Openbook
/ test
Presentation
√ √ √ √ √ √
 PCC DBMS,MYSQL and SQLite LAB 0 0 2 1
(Blended)

Course Objective:
To understand the various database management system concepts by working on databases.
List of Experiments:
1. Given an unnormalized table, normalize it up to the third normal form (3NF) and explain the steps
taken.
2. Write a SQL query to fetch data from multiple tables using INNER JOIN, GROUP BY, and
HAVING clauses to obtain the total sales amount for each product category.
3. Using subqueries, retrieve the names of employees who earn more than the average salary in their
department.
4. Create a view that displays customer names, their corresponding orders, and order dates, pulling
data from multiple tables.
5. Develop a stored procedure that takes a customer ID as input and returns the total number of
orders placed by that customer.
6. Write SQL queries to demonstrate the implementation of transactions. Begin a transaction,
perform a series of updates, and commit or rollback based on a condition.
7. Analyze a slow-performing query and optimize it using appropriate indexing techniques. Explain
the improvements made and measure the query performance before and after optimization.
8. Write SQL statements to insert, update, and delete records from a table while ensuring data
integrity and utilizing appropriate constraints.
9. Demonstrate the implementation of database security by creating users, granting privileges, and
revoking access based on specific scenarios.
10. Create a trigger that automatically updates a log table whenever changes are made to a specific
table in the database.
11. Implement horizontal partitioning for a large table by splitting it into multiple partitions based on a
defined criterion.
12. Perform a database backup, simulate a data loss scenario, and demonstrate the recovery process to
restore the database to its previous state.
TOTAL: 30h
Course Outcome:
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand the database concepts like tables and
CO1 K3
different keys
CO2 Understand concepts like queries and subqueries using SQL K4

CO3 Understand and demonstrate the implementation of transactions K3

CO4 Understand on how to create the different types of operations using SQL K6
Understand how to split the table and simulate a data loss to restore the
CO5 K6
database

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

P PO PO PO4 PO PO PO PO PO PO10 PO11 PO1 PS P

O 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 2 O1 S
1 O
2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO1
 CO2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO4
2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO5
Average 2.6 3 3 3 2.8 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENTMETHODS:

CAT2 Model End

CAT 1 Observation
Exam Semester
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration
/Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓

IT PERSONALITYDEVELOPMENT II 2 0 0 2

UNIT I SOFT SKILLS III 6

Basic Etiquette–Email etiquette–Business etiquette–Telephone etiquette–Meeting etiquette–
Adjustment of Role& Leadership– TeamManagement&Development

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE APTITUDEI 6

Percentage – Profit Loss –Discount – Ratio Proportion–Time & Work–Time, Speed
& Distance. Problems relating to ages–Permutation & Combination– Probability

UNIT III QUANTITATIVE APTITUDEII 6

Mensuration–Clocks and Calendars–Boats–Simple Interest–Compound Interest–
Fractions and Decimals–Square roots–Functions.

UNIT IV ANALYTICAL PROBLEMS 6

Introduction–Linear Sequencing–Seating Arrangements–Distribution/Double LineUp–
Selection–Ordering and Sequencing–Binary Logic–Venn Diagrams–Directions.

UNIT V LOGICAL PROBLEMS 6

Introduction to Logical problems–Cause and Effect–Course of Action–Statement and
Assumption–Letter and Symbol series–Analogies.
TOTAL:30 h
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. K. R.DhanalakshmiandN SRaghunathan, Personality Enrichment, Margham
Publications, 2012
T2. R.S.Agarwal, Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, S.
Chand Publishers, 2017
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1.D.P. Sabharwal,Personality Development Handbook, Finger print publishing, 2021
R2.A.K Gupta,Logical and Analytical Reasoning (English), Ramesh Publishing House,
2022
BSC ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
➢ At the end of this course the student is expected to understand what constitutes the
environment, what are precious resources in the environment, how to conserve these resources,
what is the role of a human being in maintaining a clean environment and useful environment
for the future
➢ To provide understanding of component of environment, their function, quality, issues related
to environment, effect of quality degradation on human beings and their solutions

UNIT I ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY 9

Definition – Scope and importance – Need for public awareness – Concepts of an Ecosystem –
Structure and Function of an Ecosystem –Producers, Consumers and Decomposers – Energy Flow in
the Ecosystem – Ecological Succession – Food Chains, Food Webs and Ecological Pyramids –
Introduction, Types, Characteristic Features, Structure and Function of the (A) Forest Ecosystem (B)
Grassland Ecosystem (C) Desert Ecosystem (D) Aquatic Ecosystems (Ponds, Streams, Lakes, Rivers,
Oceans, Estuaries) – Introduction to Biodiversity – Definition: Genetic, Species and Ecosystem
Diversity – Bio-geographical Classification of India – Value of Biodiversity: Consumptive Use,
Productive Use, Social, Ethical, Aesthetic and Option Values – Biodiversity at Global, National and
Local Levels – India as a Mega-Diversity Nation – Hot-Spots of Biodiversity – Threats to
Biodiversity: Habitat Loss, Poaching of Wildlife, Man-Wildlife Conflicts – endangered and Endemic
Species of India – Conservation of Biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-Situ conservation of Biodiversity.
Field Study of Common Plants, Insects and Birds.
Field study of simple ecosystems - pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 9

Definition – Causes, Effects and Control Measures of (A) Air Pollution (B) Water Pollution (C) Soil
Pollution (D) Marine Pollution (E) Noise Pollution (F) Thermal Pollution (G) Nuclear Hazards – Solid
Waste Management:- Causes, Effects and Control Measures of municipal solid Wastes – Role of an
Individual in Prevention of Pollution – Pollution Case Studies – disaster Management - Floods,
Earthquake, Cyclone and Landslides.
Field study of local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural.

UNIT III NATURAL RESOURCES 9

Forest resources -Use and over – Exploitation – Deforestation – Case studies – Timber extraction –
Mining – Dams and their ground water – Floods – Drought – Conflicts over water –Dams – Benefits
and Problems – Mineral Resources- Use and Exploitation, Environmental Effects of Extracting and
Using Mineral Resources, Case Studies – Food Resources: World Food Problems, Changes caused by
Agriculture and Overgrazing, Effects of Modern Agriculture, Fertilizer- Pesticide Problems, Water
Logging, salinity, Case Studies – Energy Resources:- Growing Energy Needs, Renewable and Non
Renewable Energy Sources, Use of Alternate Energy Sources, Case Studies – Land Resources - Land
as a Resource, Land Degradation, Man Induced Landslides, Soil Erosion and Desertification – Role of
an Individual in Conservation of Natural Resources – Equitable use of Resources for Sustainable
Lifestyles. Field study of local area to document environmental assets – river / forest / grassland / hill
/ mountain.

UNIT IV SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 9

From Unsustainable To Sustainable Development – Urban Problems Related to energy – Water
conservation, Rain Water Harvesting, Watershed Management – Resettlement and Rehabilitation of
People, its Problems and Concerns, Case Studies Role of non – governmental organization -
Environmental Ethics- Issues and Possible Solutions – Climate Change, Global Warming, Acid Rain,
Ozone Layer Depletion, Nuclear Accidents and Holocaust, Case Studies –Wasteland Reclamation –
Consumerism and Waste Products – Environment Production Act – Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act – Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act – Wildlife Protection Act – Forest
Conservation Act –enforcement machinery involved in environmental Legislation – Central and state
pollution control boards - Public Awareness.

UNIT V HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT 9

Population Growth, Variation among Nations – Population Explosion Family Welfare Programme –
environment and Human Health – Human Rights –Value Education – HIV /AIDS – Women and Child
Welfare – Role of Information Technology in Environment and Human Health – Case Studies.

TOTAL: 45 HOURS

Text Books:
1. Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education (2004).
2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw- Hill,NewDelhi, (2006).

Reference Books
1. R.K. Trivedi, ‘Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards’,
Vol.I and II, Enviro Media.
2. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopedia’, Jaico Publ., House,
Mumbai, 2001.
3. Dharmendra S. Sengar, ‘Environmental law’, Prentice hall of India PVT LTD, New Delhi, 2007.
4. Rajagopalan, R, ‘Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure’, Oxford University Press (2005)

Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ge16/preview
2. https://ggn.dronacharya.info/APSDept/Downloads/QuestionBank/ENVIRONMENTAL-
STUDIES/NPTEL-Link.pdf
3. http://eagri.org/eagri50/ENVS302/pdf/lec14.pdf
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge22/preview
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the students will be able to,
CO 1: Understand the core concepts, methods of ecological and physical sciences, their application in
environmental problem-solving.
CO 2: Apply system concepts and methodologies to analyse, understand the interactions between
social and environmental processes.
CO 3: Apply the ethical, cross-cultural, and historical context of environmental issues and the link
between human and natural systems.
CO 4: Develop the understanding based on the observations and illustration, drawn from the
experiences of physical, biological, social and cultural aspects of life, rather than abstractions.
CO 5: Reflect critically about their roles and identities as citizens, consumers and environmental
actors in a complex, interconnected world.
MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES
P P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO O O O PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1 - -
CO2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - - - -
CO3 - 1 - - - - - 2 - 1 - 1 - -
CO4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 - - - - - - 2 1 1 - 1 - -
Averag
- - - - - - - -
e 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Assignments Case
Exam Semester Studies
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
✓ ✓ ✓
MC GENDER INSTITUTION AND SOCIETY 2 0 0 0

Course Objective:
The course helps the student to understand concepts of social justice and gender justice. It provides the
student with the knowledge of various institutions functioning worldwide which aim to eradicate
discrimination against women. The course further aids students in understanding feminism and gender
in relation to the society and to study the basic constitutional remedies available to women.

UNIT – I
Social Justice and Gender Justice – Theories relating to Social Justice – Theories relating to Gender
Justice – Interrelationship between Gender justice and Social Justice

UNIT – II
International Conventions for protection of Women – Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of
Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW) – National Commission for women – Constitutional
remedies available for women under Indian Constitution.

UNIT – III
United Nations Entity for Gender Equality and the Empowerment of Women (UN Women) -
Association for Women’s Rights in Development (AWID) –Women kind worldwide – Centre for
reproductive rights - Women’s Environment and Development Organization (WEDO) - Global Fund
for Women

UNIT – IV
International Center for Research on Women (ICRW) - European Institute for Gender Equality (EIGE)
– Promundo - International Alliance of Women (IAW) - International Women’s Development Agency
(IWDA).

UNIT – V
World Health organisation – Sex and Gender – Feminism – Theories relating to Feminism – Gender
and society

TEXT BOOKS
1. Law relating to Women and children, Mamta Rao
2. Gender, Politics and Institutions: Towards a Feminist Institutionalism, by Mona Lena krook and
Fiano Mackay,2010
3. Gender Justice and Feminist Jurisprudence, Dr.Sheetal Kanwal,2015
4. Narain’s Gender and society, P.Jain

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gender Justice and feminist Jurisprudence by Dr.Ishitha Chatterjee
2. Gender and Institutions, Moira Gatens and Alison Mackkinon
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Women and Gender : Society and Community , Siddhartha Sarkar

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this Course, the student would be able to:
CO 1: Understand the Concept of Social Justice and Gender Justice.
CO 2: Learning the International Conventions and constitutional remedies available for women.
CO 3: Identify the various gender Institutions and its functions for the development of women.
CO 4: Assessing the International agencies.
CO 5: Summarising the study on feminism and relation of gender and society.

PCC(Practical) Python Programming Laboratory 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives
➢ To be familiar with programming concepts in python
➢ To learn to file operations in Python
➢ To be exposed to creating applications with DJANGO,tkinter,pyQT5

List of Experiments:
1. Introduction to Conda and virtual environments, Manage environments – Create , update and
Delete the environments,
2. Ways to install /upgrade /remove packages (pip, conda ,requirement.txt or environment.yml),
and Export the installed packages to requirement.txt or environment.yml.
3. Write a program to print the palindrome numbers between 1 to 100
4. Write a program print the Disarium numbers between 1 to 100.
5. Create a menu drive with a dictionary for words and their meanings. Write functions to add a
new entry (word: meaning), search for a particular word and retrieve meaning, given meaning
find words with the same meaning, remove an entry, display all words sorted alphabetically.
6. File operations a) Traverse a path and display all the files and subdirectories in each level till
the deepest level for a given path. Also, display the total number of files and subdirectories.b)
Read a file contents and copy only the contents at odd lines into a new file
7. Using Regular Expressions, develop a Python program to
a. Prompt the user for input.
b. Identify a word with a sequence of one upper case letter followed by lower case letters.
c. Find all the patterns of '1(0+)1' in a given string.
d. Match a word containing 'z' followed by one or more o's.
8. Build a text analyzer application which does the fallowing using Django framework
i. Accept text from the text box
ii. Remove if there is any punctuations
iii. Remove Blank lines
iv. Remove extra space
v. Show the processed text in the page

9. Create a CRUD application using Django

10. Build a simple calculator tkinter application which does below operations with 2 or more
numbers Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, GCD and LCM etc
 11. Create a login form using GUI programming
1. Build an application to i)fetch the user details from database and display
in PyQT5 application.
2. modify user details and save back to database
3. delete the user from PyQT5 application
TOTAL : --30 hours

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Learn to Setup the python environment K1

Build a program using python with basic concepts
CO2: K4

CO3: Build a program using python with regular expression K6

CO4: Apply the GUI components in tkinter K4
CO5: Create a web application using pyqt5 K6

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO P PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 O5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 3
2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.2 2.4 2.4
 PCC Computer Networks 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:

To understand the concepts of data communications and to study the functions of different
layers.
To introduce IEEE standards employed in computer networking and to familiarize with
different protocols and network components.
To help the leaner to design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfill
networking requirements.
UNIT I PHYSICAL LAYER AND MEDIA 9

Components – Direction of Data flow – networks – Components and Categories – types of

Connections – Topologies –Protocols and Standards – ISO / OSI model – Transmission
Media – Guided Media - Coaxial Cable – Fiber Optics – Unguided Media – Wireless-
Switching- Digital Transmission –Analog Transmission- Line Coding – Dial up Modems

UNIT II : DATA LINK LAYER 9

Error Detection and Correction – Introduction-Parity Checking– LRC – CRC – Check Sum-
Hamming code – Framing - Flow Control and Error control - Stop and Wait – go back-N
ARQ – selective repeat ARQ- Sliding window – HDLC - MultipleAccess – Random Access –
Channelization-Wired LAN - Ethernet IEEE-802.3 - IEEE 802.4 –Token Ring-FDDI –
IEEE802.11.

UNIT III : NETWORK LAYER 9

Logical Addressing-IPV4 Addresses - IPV6 Addresses-Inter Networking – Address Mapping

– ARP, RARP,DHCP, ICMP- Delivery-Forwarding-Unicast Routing protocols- Intra Domain
Routing-Inter domain Routing- Distance Vector Routing – Link State Routing – Path Routing
– Multicast Routing Protocol- Subnetting – Congestion avoidance in network layer.

UNIT IV : TRANSPORT LAYER 9

Duties of transport layer –Process to Process Delivery-Client Vs Server Paradigm -

Multiplexing – DeMultiplexing – Sockets – User Datagram Protocol (UDP) – Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP) – Flow Control – Error Control – Congestion Control – Open loop
congestion control - closed loop congestion control - Quality of services (QOS)- Techniques
to improve up QoS.

UNIT V: APPLICATION LAYER 9

Domain Name Space (DNS) – Name Space- Domain Name Space –Distribution of Name
Space –DNS in the Internet- DDNS – Electronic Mail- SMTP – POP – IMAP-- FTP – HTTP
- WWW – Cryptography-Symmetric Key Cryptography - Asymmetric Key Cryptography-
Network Security –Security Services- Digital Signatures- IPsec-PGP.

Total :45 Hrs

`
 Text Book:

1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communication and Networking”, FourthEdition,Tata

McGraw-Hill, 2006.(Unit I to Unit V)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Pearson Education,

2007
2. Comer, “Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications”, Fourth
Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Fourth Edition, 2003.William
Stallings, “Data and ComputerCommunication”, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education,
2000
Web links: https://www.javatpoint.com/computer-network-tutorial

COURSE OUTCOMES

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Discuss the functions of each layer in OSI and TCP/IP model K6
CO2 Examine the Flow Control and Error control of Datalink layer K4
CO3 Evaluate the various functions and components of network layer K5
CO4 Classify the protocols and techniques of transport layer K4
CO5 Asses the important of application layer K5

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1
CO2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.6 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.4 2.6 2 2.6 2.2 2.6

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
✓ ✓
 PCC 3 0 0 3
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE USING COGNOS

Course Objectives

Cognos BI describes the concept and terminologies of Business Intelligence

To bring the right information at the right time to the right audience in any industry.

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF IBM COGNOS BI 9

Introduction to the Reporting Application- Examine Report Studio and its interface- Explore
different report types- Create a simple, sorted, and formatted report- Explore how data items are
added to queries- Create List Reports- Format and group reports-Sort list reports

UNIT II FOCUS REPORTS USING FILTERS 9

Introduction-Options for aggregating data- Create a multi-fact query- Create a report with
repeated data- Create filters to narrow the focus of reports-Applying filters on aggregate data-
Summary of filters

UNIT III CREATE CROSSTAB REPORTS 9

Introduction- Format and sort crosstab reports- Convert a list to a crosstab- Create crosstabs using
unrelated data items- Create complex crosstabs using drag and drop functionality- Create charts
containing peer and nested items- Present data using different chart type options- Add context to
charts

UNIT IV FOCUS REPORTS 9

Introduction-Create and reuse custom chart palettes- Present key data in a single dashboard
report- Identify various prompt types- Use parameters and prompts to focus data- Search for
prompt items- Navigate between pages- Add run-time information to the reports

UNIT V USTOMIZE REPORTS 9

Create calculations based on data in the data source- Create expressions using functions-
Highlight exceptional data- Show and hide data- Conditionally render objects in reports-
Conditionally format one crosstab measure- Create multi-lingual reports- Create a Conditionally
Rendered Column-Case Study

TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Business Intelligence using Cognos, IBM Student
Course Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand, monitor and manage business performance which
includes business reporting & analysis, profitability
CO1 K3
measurement, budgeting, forecasting optimization and cost
management.
Understand Gather Requirements and prepare Reusable Metadata
CO2 K4
report issue, Calculations and Filters
 CO3 Understand the Prompts Create List or Crosstab reports K3

CO4 Understand and focus Reports using Prompts K6

CO5 Understand Customize Reports with Conditional Formatting K6

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1
CO2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2.4 2.2 2.2 2.6 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.4 2.6 2 2.6 2.2 2.6

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
✓ ✓

PCC 3 0 0 3
Fundamentals of Blockchain & UseCases
(Blended)

Course Objectives

➢ To understand a broad overview of the essential concepts of blockchain technology

➢ To familiarize students with Bitcoin protocol followed by the Ethereum protocol
➢ To lay the foundation necessary for developing applications and programming
➢ To learn about different types of blockchain and consensus algorithms
9
UNIT I Basics of Blockchain
TheDouble-SpendProblem,ByzantineGenerals’ComputingProblems,Public- Key cryptography,
Hashing, Distributed Systems, Distributed Consensus. Technology Stack:Blockchain, Protocol,
Currency
UNIT II Bitcoin Blockchain and Ethereum Blockchain 9
Bitcoin Blockchain :Structure, Operations, Features, Consensus Model, Incentive Model.
Ethereum Blockchain: SmartContracts,EthereumStructure, Operations, ConsensusModel
IncentiveModel.
UNIT III Tiers of Blockchain Technology 9

Blockchain1.0,Blockchain 2.0, Blockchain3.0 ,Types of Blockchain :Public Blockchain ,Private

Blockchain Semi-Private Blockchain, Sidechains.

UNIT IV Types of Consensus Algorithms 9

Proof of Stake, Proof of Work, Delegated Proof of Stake, Proof Elapsed Time, Deposite-Based
Consensus, Proof of Importance, Federated Consensus or Federated Byzantine Consensus,
Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance. Block chain Use Case: Supply Chain Management.

UNIT V Block chain Use Cases 9

IndustryapplicationsofBlockchain-BlockchaininGovernment-Governmentusecases-Preventing
Cybercrime through block chain- Chain in defense, Financial Services Related Use Cases
Revolutionization of Global Trade, Healthcare Related Services, Block chain and IOT,
Blockchain and AI.
TOTAL: --45hours
TextBooks:

T1: Mastering Blockchain :Deeperinsights into decentralization ,cryptography, Bitcoin and

Popular Blockchain frame works by Imran Bashir,Packt Publishing(2017).
T2: Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies by Andreas Antonopoulos O’Reilly,
First Edition,2014
ReferenceBooks:

R1: KirankalyanKulkarni, Essentials of Bitcoin and Blockchain , PacktPublishing.

R2: Tiana Laurence, Blockchain for Dummies,2ndEdition 2019, JohnWiley& Sons.
R3: Blockchain:Blue print for a NewEconomy by MelanieSwan ,Shroff PublisherO’Reilly
Publisher Media;1stedition(2015).

WebLinks:

1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/blockchain.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105184/
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs01/preview

COURSEOUTCOMES

CO1: Explain the basic notion of distributed systems & block chain technology K2
stack
CO2: Analyze bitcoin and ethereum blockchain K4

CO3: Illustrate the essentialtiers of a blockchain technology K2

CO4: Estimate the types of consensus algorithms K5

CO5: K3
Apply Blockchain in future usecases for security
 MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemes Assignments CaseStudie

ter Exams s
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open booktest
Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PCC Computer Networks Lab 2 0 0 2

(Practical)

Course Objective:
To help the learner to understand the underlying concepts of networked systems and to be able to
develop networking programs using Java.
Experiments:
1. Programs using TCP Sockets (like date and time server & client, echo server & client, etc..)
2. Programs using UDP Sockets (like simple DNS)
3. Programs using Raw sockets (like packet capturing and filtering)
4. Programs using RPC
5. Simulation of sliding window protocols
6. Experiments using simulators (like OPNET)
7. Performance comparison of MAC protocols
8. Implementing Routing Protocols
9. Performance comparison of Routing protocols
10. Implementation of Logical and Physical Address
11. Simulation of ARP/RARP Protocol
12. Study of UDP and TCP performance

TOTAL: 30 h
Text Book:
T1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Fourth Edition,Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2006.
 Reference Books:
R1. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Pearson Education, 2007
R2. Comer, “Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications”, Fourth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2003.
R3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Fourth Edition, 2003.William Stallings,
“Data and Computer Communication”, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2000
Web Links:
1. https://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/dheeraj/cs425/

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the students will be able to,
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Experiment with TCP, UDP and Raw socket programming K3
CO2 Construct an application model for RPC K6
Model the simulation of sliding window protocol and
CO3 K3
ARP/RARP
Identify the Performance comparison of MAC protocols,
CO4 K3
Routing protocol
CO5 Compose the implementation of Logical and Physical Address K6

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

O1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
2.
Average
8 3 3 3 2 2 0.4 1 2 2 3 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Observation
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration /
Record MCQ Projects Viva
Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC MACHINE LEARNING USING WATSON 3 0 0 3
STUDIO

Course Objective:
To help the reader in understanding the basics of the Watson Studio and the use of Watson Studio
for analytics.
UNIT I I NTRODUCTION TO WATSON STUDIO 9
Introduction- Watson Studio framework for analytics-Development to deployment of models-
Watson Studio Overview- How to install and get started with Watson Studio- Environments to
run Watson Studio models- Access Control- Collaboration in Watson Studio
UNIT II PREPARING DATA 9
Introduction-Overview-Adding data to a project-Refining data with data refinery-Cleaning data
within Watson Studio-Use Case-Case Study
UNIT III DATA SCIENCE 9
Introduction-Overview-Data science using Watson Studio-Analyze Data- Develop applications in
R Studio- Data Visualization- Visualize the data without coding with analytic dashboards-Case
Study

UNIT IV MACHINE LEARNING AND AI IN WATSON STUDIO 9

Introduction-Overview-Visual recognition-Natural language classification-Watson Machine

Learning- Creating a catalog- Finding and viewing an asset- Adding an asset to a catalog- Adding
catalog data assets to a project

UNIT V GOVERNANCE & ADMINISTRATION 9

Policies- Data protection rules- Business terms and data classification- Managing Watson apps-
Determining roles- Deploying Models-Case study

TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE Business Intelligence using Cognos, Course Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand the concepts and how to install and get started
CO1 K3
with Watson Studio
Understand Assets and Environments to run Watson Studio
CO2 K4
models
Understand Refining data with data refinery and Cleaning
CO3 K3
data within Watson Studio
Understand on how to analyze data by writing code in
CO4 K6
notebooks and Develop applications in RStudio
Understand details about Machine Leaning & AI built in
CO5 K6
within Watson Studio
 MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemes Assignments CaseStudie

ter Exams s
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open booktest
Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

HSC Personality Development III 2 0 0 2

UNIT I VERBAL APPTITUDE I 6

Phonetics/Neutral Accent/Pronunciation – Speech Mechanism/Mouth & Face Exercise
Vowels & Consonants –Sounds–SyllableandSyllableStress/WordStress–
SentenceStress&Intonation–ArticulationExercise–RateofSpeech / Flow of Speech/
Idiomatic Phrases.

UNIT II VERBAL APTITUDE II 6

Singular/plural-presenttense/pasttense—genders-Prepositions-conjunctions- Choice of
words—simplesentences—compoundsentences-summarisingphrases—Synonyms—
Antonyms —Analogies—Similar Words

UNIT III SOFT SKILLS IV 6

Attitude—Meaning-Featuresofattitude-Formation-PersonalityFactors-Types of attitude
– Change in attitude-Developing Positive attitude.

UNIT IV TIME MANAGEMENT 6

Definition –Meaning-Importance, Value of time as an important resource- comparison

of Time and Money- Circle of influence and circle of control—Definition of URGENT
and IMPORTANT—Time Wasters and how to reduce—Procrastination—meaning and
impact -4 Quadrants.
 UNIT V TEAM BUILDING 6

Meaning—Aspects of team building—Process of team building—Types of Teams-

Team ethics and Understanding-Team trust and commitment

TOTAL: 30h

REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Managing Soft Skills And Personality—BNGhosh Mcgraw Hill Publications

2. Principles and Practices of Management Shejwalkarand Ghanekar McGraw Hill Latest

3. Time management for Busy people–Robertar oesch,Tata mcGraw-Hill Edition
4. Personality Development –Dr VM Selvaraj, Bhavani Publications

Course Outcome:

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level
CO1 Develop the personality skills K6
CO2 To build the confidence level K3
CO3 Evaluate the students skills through SWOT analysis K5
CO4 Develop the self awareness and self esteem K6
CO5 Improve the motivation skills K6

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Assignments Case

Semester Studies
Exams

✔ ✔ ✔
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstratio Open book
n/ test
Presentation

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
 PCC FOUNDATION COURSE IN CLOUD COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
• The course will focus on using a teacher-student interactive and decision-oriented
learning exercises.
• For the active learning mode in the course to be effective, participating in class
discussions is extremely important along with self paced learning to clear the concepts of
software.
• In addition to the lectures, discussions and demonstrations, students would be required to
work on sample applications and exercises.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO CLOUD COMPUTING 9
Introduction-Overview of IBM Cloud-Cloud Computing-IBM Cloud Services-Cloud
Delivery Models-IBM Cloud-IBM Cloud walkthrough-IBM Cloud Components
UNIT II IBM CLOUD ARCHITECTURE 9
Introduction-IBM Cloud Architecture-Overview of Cloud Foundry-Cloud Foundry
Architecture-Various Components Cloud Foundry Framework-Cloud Controller Controller-
Cloud Foundry cli calls
UNIT III IBM CLOUD SERVICES 9
Introduction-Overview-Analytics services in IBM Cloud-Watson Services-Auto Scaling-
DevOps-IBM Cloud Services Application-Case Study
UNIT IV IBM CLOUD DEVOPS SERVICES 9
Introduction-Overview-IBM Cloud Devops Services-Delivery Feature-Overview on Tool
chains-Code Repository-Delivery pipeline-Eclipse Orion Web IDE
UNIT V NODE RED -NODE CREATION 9
Introduction-Overview of Node-RED-Node Flow in Node-RED-Types of Nodes-Functions
in Node-RED-How to install and perform on Node-RED-Case Study
TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Foundation Course in Cloud Computing, IBM Student
Course Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand different Cloud offerings and delivery
CO1 K3
models
CO2 Understand the IBM Cloud Foundry Architecture K4

CO3 Understand the IBM Cloud Services to Application K3

CO4 Understand the IBM Cloud DevOps Services K6

Understand the different types of node creation in
CO5 K6
Node-RED

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam EndSemes Assignments CaseStudie

ter Exams s
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open booktest
Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ANALYST 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
To help the learner to build their own AI solutions using Watson Studio, Watson Machine
Learning and Watson Knowledge catalog and understand how they can use Watson Open Scale
to monitor their machine learning models in production.

UNIT I WATSON OVERVIEW 9

Watson SaaS offerings -AI lifecycle management tools-Pre-built Watson applications-Watson
API’s- Watson solutions-Watson knowledge studio and its uses-Watson Discovery service-
Watson OpenScale.
UNIT II NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 9
Introduction-Watson Natural Language Services-Features of Natural Language
Understanding(NLU)-Applications-Use Cases of NLU- Speech to Text-Use cases of Speech to
Text-Semantics-Pragmatics.
UNIT III CONVERSATIONAL AI 9
Introduction-Building blocks of a chatbot-Usage of Watson Assistant-Use cases of Watson
Assistant-Watson Studio-Watson Machine learning-Build and ready AI solutions of your own-
How to use Watson Knowledge catalog.
UNIT IV WATSON STUDIO AI TOOLS 9
Introduction-Auto AI Experiment-Decision Optimization-Watson OpenScale-How to deploying
the model using Watson Machine learning-Usage of Watson Open Service-Use cases.
UNIT V SPEECH TO TEXT 9
Introduction-Overview-Speech recognition-Acoustic modelling-Feature Extraction-Text
normalization-Letter-to-sound-Use Case
TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Artificial Intelligence Analyst, IBM Student Course
Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand the concepts of AI lifecycle management tools and Pre-
CO1 K3
built Watson applications
 Understand the usage of Watson Natural Language Understanding,
CO2 K4
Features, Applications & Use Cases of NLU
Understand the building blocks of a chatbot and the usage of
CO3 K3
Watson Assistant
Understand the Auto AI experiment could be easily built and
CO4 K6
Deploy the model using Watson Machine learning
Understand how Speech to Text service work and the use cases
CO5 K6
around the service

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam End Assignments Case

Semester Studies
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book test
Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ANALYST LAB 3 0 0 3
(Practical)

Course Objectives:
To help the learner to build their own AI solutions using Watson Studio, Watson Machine
Learning and Watson Knowledge catalog and understand how they can use Watson Open Scale
to monitor their machine learning models in production.
List of Experiments

1. Applying Machine Learning Algorithms

1. Determine the centroids of a data set with the K-means clustering algorithm.
2. Predict the class of an object with the Naïve Bayes classifier.
3. Apply linear regression to a simple data set.
4. Construct a decision tree to predict if an athlete is fit.

2. This exercise introduces you to the basic tasks that you perform when you use Watson
Studio. Load a data set into the project’s object store. Manage IBM Cloud Object Storage.
Analyse data by using Watson Studio. Use Pixie Dust for data visualization.
3. This exercise introduces you to the basic tasks that you must perform when you import and
deploy machine learning models by using the IBM Watson Machine Learning service and IBM
Watson Studio.
4. Creating an Auto AI experiment from marketing data
5. Building and deploying a regression analysis model with Watson Machine Learning
6. Ingesting, converting, enriching, and querying data with the IBM Watson Discovery service
7. Creating a machine learning model with IBM Watson Knowledge Studio
8. This exercise describes how to create a chatbot and publish it quickly without coding by
using the IBM Watson Assistant service. For this example, you create a Help Desk chatbot.
However, you can customize the chatbot to take any other role, such as delivery service, Q&A,
student assistant, and more.
9. Using a basic deep neural network to solve an image recognition problem.
Integrating IBM Watson Knowledge Studio with IBM Watson Discovery for the procurement
domain.

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

P
O PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
2.
Average
8 3 3 3 2 2 0.4 1 2 2 3 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Observation
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration /
Record MCQ Projects Viva
Presentation
✓ ✓ ✓

HSC PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT IV 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

To enhance the soft skills and prepare them towards the skills needed for theircareer.

UNIT I: SOFT SKILLS 6

Assertiveness – Meaning – Importance of assertiveness – Characteristics of Assertive
communication –Merits – forms of assertion – Causes of misunderstanding
UNIT II: COMMUNICATION SKILLS 6
Meaning – Elements of Communication – Functions of Communication – Principles of
Communication Formal and Informal Communication – Barriers in Communication –
Characteristics of good – communication – Feedback –Communication systems.
UNIT III: PRESENTATION SKILLS 6
Meaning – Importance of Presentation – Concept of 5 W’s and one H –
understanding the audience –Types of presentations – How to make effective presentation.
UNIT IV: PRESENTATION SKILLS I 6
Use of slide, PPT’s and visuals – Rules for slide presentation – precautions – seminars and
conferences –Steps to eliminate Stage fear.
UNIT V CHANGE MANAGEMENT 6
Definition – Necessity – Resistance towards Change – 10 Principles of Change Management –
Leaders approach – Effective Change management.
TOTAL HOURS: 30

TEXT BOOKS:

1. LaClair, J. and Rao, R. Helping Employees Embrace Change, McKinsey

Quarterly, 2002, Number 4.

2. Spencer Johnson, Who Moved My Cheese, Vermilion, First edition

3. Adair, John, Effective Communication, London: Pan Macmillan Ltd., 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bovee, Courtland L, John V. Thill & Barbara E. Schatzman. Business

Communication Today, Tenth Edition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2010.

Weblinks: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_hs08/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Be assertive in their communication. K3

CO2 Differentiate the principles of formal and informal K4

communication.
CO3 Make an effective presentation by understanding the audience. K3

CO4 Practice the rules of presentation using slides, PPT’s and K3

visuals.

CO5 Discuss the principles of change management. K2

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 - 2
CO2 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 - 3
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 1 - - 2 - 2 2 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 - 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 - 2 3 - 3
Averag
e 2.8 3 3 3 2 2 - - 2 2 3 2 - 2
 ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

✓ ✓ ✓
Record MCQ Projects Viva Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓

PCC MICROSERVICES ARCHITECTURE AND 3 0 0 3

IMPLEMENTATION

Course Objectives
The course will focus on introduction about HTML, CSS & JavaScript and provide hands on
Docker and Kubernetes concepts including components, Modules and Directive.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO JAVASCRIPT 9
Introduction-Overview of Java Script-Java script Functions-DOM Definition-DOM Methods-
DOM Manipulation- Validation using JavaScript-Case study
UNIT II MICROSERVICES AND ITS IMPLEMENTATION 9
Introduction-Importance of Micro services-Architecture Implementation-Monolithic
Application-Micro service Security-API Management and Gateways-The Future of Micro
services-Micro services Governance
UNIT III INTRODUCTION OF NODEJS 9
Introduction to NodeJS-Installation and Configuration-NodeJS Command Line-Sample Project
using Node Express command prompt-Nod eclipse plugin-Sample Project using Nod eclipse-
Performing CRUD Operations-Key features of MongoDB
UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO DOCKER 9
Introduction-Overview of the Docker-Docker Architecture-Containers-Virtual Machines versus
Containers- Docker: A shipping container for code-Benefits of using containers-Docker File
systems
UNIT V CLOUD INTRODUCTION TO KUBERNETES 9
Introduction to Kubernetes-Container and Orchestration-Kubernetes Architecture-Master Node
Components-Worker Node Components- Kubernetes Building Blocks-Images and Immutability-
Pod-Config Maps & Secrets-Deploying Applications on Kubernetes-Pod Health
TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Micro services Architecture and Implementation, IBM
Student Course Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Implement the Concepts of JavaScript functions K3
Develop the importance of Micro services and
CO2 K4
describes their need as an Architecture Implementation
Understand the concepts along with hands-on
CO3 K3
exercise to NodeJS, Installation and Configuration
Implement Docker Account and deploying an application on
CO4 K6
docker
Analyse the Cloud implementation and how to manage
CO5 K6
Kubernetes and clusters

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 ModelExam End Assignments Case Studies
Semester
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book test
Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC DESIGN THINKING,AGILE,DEVOPS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
The course will focus on understanding the basics of Design Thinking, Agile Approaches and the
way of project management approaches like water fall model or V model

UNIT I DESIGN THINKING 9

Introduction-Overview of Design Thinking- IBM Design Thinking methodology-Scaling Types-

Loop Model Components- Big Idea Vignettes- Prioritization Grid-Case Study

UNIT II PROJECT EXECUTION METHODOLOGIES 9

Introduction-Overview of Project Management-Project Management Operations-Phases and

Features-Program and Portfolio Management-Waterfall Model-V Model-Agile way of Project
Management

UNIT III AGILE AND SCRUM DEEP DIVE 9

Introduction- Agile methodology- Various frameworks- Advantage and Disadvantages of Agile-

Agile vs Waterfall Model- Agile Certifications- Scrum Frame work- Roles and Responsibility of
Scrum team-Sprint

UNIT IV SCRUM ARTIFACTS 9

Introduction- Types of Scrum Artifacts-Importance of Product Backlog-Sprint Backlog-Scrum

Ceremonies-Various Scrum Ceremonies-- Sprint Planning- Daily Scrum Meeting- Product
Backlog Grooming-Sprint review meeting and Retrospective

UNIT V SCRUM METRICS 9

Introduction- Sprint Goal- User story-Estimation of User Stories-Definition of Done-Scrum

Metrics- Sprint Goal Success- Team Velocity- Sprint Burn down chat- Defect Density- Scaling
Scrum and Distributed Scrum Practices-Agile Environment and Tools

TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE – Design Thinking, Agile, Devops, IBM Student Course
Material.
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
 Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand an overview of Design Thinking ,Importance in
CO1 K3
today competitive world and get an insight to its history
Implement the various Project Management
CO2 K4
Methodologies

CO3 Implement the Agile methodology and Scrum Frame work K3

Understand the importance of Product Backlog and Sprint

CO4 K6
Backlog
Implement the various Scrum Metrics and Agile Environment
CO5 K6
Tool

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Assignments Case Studies
Semester
Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book test
Presentation

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 PCC DESIGN THINKING,AGILE,DEVOPS LAB 0 0 2 1
(Practical)

Course Objectives:
Thinking Frame work is different from the various components of IBM Design Thinking
Framework.

List of Experiments

1. Listening
2. How Might We (HMW) Statements
3. Storyboarding
4. Crafting Hills
5. Prototyping
6. User Feedback
7. Git Server and Client Installation
8. Installing Docker on Ubuntu and set WSL Environment
9. Create Docker Images using Docker Registry
Implement a Pipeline Continuous Deployment process using Jenkins tool
Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand an overview of Design Thinking ,Importance in
CO1 K3
today competitive world and get an insight to its history
CO2 Implement the various Project Management Methodologies K4

CO3 Implement the Agile methodology and Scrum Frame work K3

CO4 Understand the importance of Product and Sprint Backlog K6

CO5 Implement the Scrum Metrics and Agile Environment Tool K6

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /

Presentation
LIST OF ALL PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES
 PEC APPLIED CRYPTOGRAPHY 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:

• To understand the mathematical background for cryptography.

• To understand the taxonomy of cryptography primitives

• To understand the Symmetric key encryption system, public key encryption

system

• To implement cryptographic algorithms

UNIT I - INTRODUCTION 9

Cryptography goals – Taxonomy of cryptography primitives – Background on

functions – Basic terminology – Definition and examples – Block ciphers, stream
cipher, substitution ciphers, transposition ciphers – Composition of ciphers – Digital
signature – Construction of digital signature – Public key cryptography – Hash
functions – Protocol and mechanism – Key establishment and management – Pseudo
random numbers – Classes of attack.

UNIT II - NUMBER THEORY 9

Probability theory – Information theory – Complexity theory – Number theory –

Abstract algebra – Finite fields – Primality test – Prime number generation –
Irreducible polynomial.

UNIT III - RANDOM GENERATORS 9

Pseudo random bits and sequences – Random bit generation – Pseudorandom bit
generation – statistical tests – Stream Cipher.

UNIT IV - ENCRYPTION ALGORITHMS 9

Block cipher – DES – FEAL – IDEA – SAFAR – Public key encryption – RSA –
Rabin – Elgamal –Mc Eliece – Knapsack.

UNIT V - HASH ALGORITHMS 9

Hash function and data integrity – Classification and framework – Basic

constructions and general results – Unkeyed hash functions – Keyed hash functions
– data integrity and message authentication – Advanced attacks and hash function.

TOTAL: 45 hours

133
TEXT BOOK :

1. A.Menezes, P.Van Oorschot and S. Vanstone, “Hand book of Applied

Cryptography” CRC Press, Fifth Printing, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, “ Network Security, Private

communication in public world” PHI 2nd edition 2002.

2. Bruce Schneier, Neils Ferguson, “Practical Cryptography”, Wiley Dreamtech

India Pvt Ltd, 2003

3. Douglas R Simson “Cryptography – Theory and practice”, CRC Press 1995. 3.

Stallings, “Cry ptography& Network Security”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition
2006.

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs02/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level

CO1 Understand the basics of cryptographic algorithms and K3

protocols

CO2 Analyze the concept of Public key cryptography, Hash K4

functions, Key establishment and management

CO3 Acquire knowledge on encryption algorithms such as Block K3

cipher, DES, FEAL, IDEA and SAFAR

CO4 Evaluate the performance of Hash function, data integrity and K5

message authentication

CO5 Assess existing applications of cryptography and develop K6

new protocols and applications that employ cryptography.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 0 1 2 0

CO2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - - -
 CO3 2 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 - - 2

CO4 2 - - - - - 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC BIG DATA PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To explore the fundamental concepts of big data analytics, Hadoop, R programming

and HiveQL

• To learn big data analytics using R Programming

UNIT I : Introduction to Big Data 9

Introduction to Big Data Platform – Challenges of Conventional Systems - Nature of

Data- Evolution Of Analytic Scalability - Intelligent data analysis- Analytic Processes
and Tools - Analysis vs. Reporting - Modern Data Analytic Tools - Statistical Concepts:
Sampling Distributions - Re-Sampling - Statistical Inference - Prediction Error

UNIT II : Hadoop 9

History of Hadoop- The Hadoop Distributed File System – Components of Hadoop-

Analyzing the Data with Hadoop Scaling Out- Hadoop Streaming- Design of HDFS-Java
interfaces to HDFS Basics- Developing a Map Reduce Application-How Map Reduce
Works-Anatomy of a Map Reduce Job run-Failures-Job Scheduling-Shuffle and Sort –
Task execution - Map Reduce Types and Formats- Map Reduce Features

UNIT III : Hive QL 9

135
Introduction to HiveQL- Databases in Hive-HiveQL: Queries- SELECT … FROM
Clauses , Specify Columns with Regular Expressions , Computing with Column Values ,
Arithmetic Operators, Using Functions- Mathematical functions, Aggregate functions,
Table generating functions, Other built-in functions ,LIMIT Clause ,Nested SELECT
Statements, CASE … WHEN … THEN Statements, WHERE Clauses, Predicate
Operators, LIKE and RLIKE, GROUP BY Clauses , HAVING Clauses ,JOIN Statements
-Inner JOIN ,LEFT OUTER JOIN,RIGHT OUTER JOIN, FULL OUTER JOIN,
Cartesian Product JOINs , Map-side Joins, ORDER BY and SORT BY, DISTRIBUTE
BY with SORT BY , CLUSTER BY

UNIT IV : Big Data Analytics Using R Programming 9

Analyzing, Visualization and Exploring the Data, Statistics for Model Building and
Evaluation, Introduction to R and RStudio, Basic analysis in R, Intermediate R,
Intermediate analysis in R, Advanced Analytics - K-means clustering, Association rules-
Speedup, Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Naïve Bayes, Decision Trees, Time
Series Analysis, Text Analysis

UNIT V Frameworks 9

Applications on Big Data Using Pig and Hive – Data processing operators in Pig – Hive
services –- fundamentals of HBase and ZooKeeper - IBM InfoSphere BigInsights and
Streams. Visualizations - Visual data analysis techniques, interaction techniques; Systems
and applications

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books :

1. Prajapati, Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop, 2014

2. Stephan Kudyba, Big Data, Mining, and Analytics: Components of Strategic

Decision Making, Auerbach Publications, March 12, 2014 .

3. Michael Minelli (Author), Michele Chambers (Author), Ambiga Dhiraj

(Author) , Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and
Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses, Wiley Publications,2013

4. Jason Rutherglen, Dean Wampler and Edward Capriolo, Programming Hive,

O’REILLY, 2012

Reference Books:

1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, ―Intelligent Data Analysis‖, Springer,

2007.

2. Tom White ― Hadoop: The Definitive Guide‖ Third Edition, O‘reilly Media,
2012.
 3. Chris Eaton, Dirk De Roos, Tom Deutsch, Understanding Big Data:
Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop andStreaming Data‖, McGraw Hill
Publishing, 2012

4. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, ―Mining of Massive Datasets,

Cambridge University Press, 2012.

Weblinks: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104189

COURSE OUTCOMES

Identify the purpose and need of big data programming and

CO1 K3
compare it with conventional systems.

Examine and compare various Components of Hadoop and

CO2 K4
develop a Map Reduce application.

CO3 Develop Hive queries using HiveQL interface. K3

Discuss various statistics modeling techniques and its evaluation

CO4 K6
using R and other clustering methods.

Discuss various big data frameworks,Pig, HBASE, Zookeeper,

CO5 IBM Info Sphere nIsights and Visual data analysis techniques K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

137
 PEC CLOUD COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To understand the concept of cloud and utility computing.

• To understand the various issues in cloud computing.

• To familiarize with the types of virtualization and the lead players in cloud.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION,PRINCIPLES AND ARCHITECTURE 9

Cloud Computing : Vision, reference model, characteristics and challenges – historical

development – building cloud computing environment – computing platforms and
Technologies – Parallel Vs distributed computing – Elements of parallel and distributed
computing – Technologies for distributed computing. Cloud Computing Architecture:
Cloud reference model - NIST Cloud Computing Reference Architecture – types of
Clouds - economics – open challenges.

UNIT II : VIRTUALIZATION 9

Characteristics of virtualized environments - Taxonomy of virtualization techniques -

Execution virtualization -Machine reference model - Hardware-level virtualization –
Hypervisors - Hardware virtualization techniques -Operating system-level virtualization
- Programming 210 language-level virtualization - Application-level virtualization -
Other types - Virtualization and cloud computing - Pros and cons of virtualization -
Technology examples - Xen: Paravirtualization - VMware: full virtualization - Full
virtualization and binary translation - Microsoft Hyper-V.

UNIT III : CLOUD INFRASTRUCTURE 9

Cloud Computing and Services Model – Public, Private and Hybrid Clouds – Cloud Eco
System - IaaS - PaaS – SaaS. Architectural Design of Compute and Storage Clouds –
Layered Cloud Architecture Development – Design Challenges - Inter Cloud Resource
Management – Resource Provisioning and Platform Deployment – Global Exchange of
Cloud Resources. Case Study: Amazon Web Service reference, GoGrid, Rackspace

UNIT IV : CLOUD PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE 9

ENVIRONMENT

Cloud capabilities and platform features – data features and databases - Parallel and
Distributed Programming Paradigms – MapReduce , Twister and Iterative MapReduce –
Hadoop Library from Apache – Dryad and DryadLINQ – sawzall and Pig Latin -
Mapping Applications - Programming Support of Google App Engine - Amazon AWS –
Microsoft Azure - Cloud Software Environments -Eucalyptus, Open Nebula,
OpenStack. Case Study: Amazon Web Service reference, GoGrid, Rackspace.
UNIT V : CLOUD PLATFORMS AND APPLICATION 9

Amazon web services - Compute services - Storage services - Communication services -

Google AppEngine - Architecture and core concepts – Cloud Security and Trust
management. Application life cycle - Cost model – Observations - Microsoft Azure -
SQL Azure – Scientific Applications –Business and Consumer Application – Energy
efficiency in clouds - Market-based management of clouds - Federated clouds/Inter
Cloud - Third-party cloud services.
TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

T1: Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack G Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud
Computing, From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2012. T2: Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola.
S.Thamarai Selvi, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, McGraw Hill Education,
2013.
Reference Books:

R1: James E. Smith, Ravi Nair, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for
Systems and Processes”, Elsevier/Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.

R2: George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and

Infrastructure in the Cloud” O'Reilly.

R3: Ronald L. Krutz, Russell Dean Vines, “Cloud Security – A comprehensive

Guide to Secure Cloud Computing”, Wiley – India, 2010.

R4: John W.Rittinghouse and James F.Ransome, “Cloud

Computing:Implementation, Management, and Security”, CRC Press, 2010.

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs20/preview.

2. https://www.w3schools.in/cloud-computing.

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand the broad perspective of cloud architecture, key

technologies, principles, strengths, limitations as well as the K2, K3
CO1 possible applications of the state-of-art of cloud computing.

Gain a basic knowledge of virtualization and its categorization

CO2 and Design & develop highly scalable cloud-based applications K3, K6
by creating and configuring virtual machines.

Compare, contrast, and evaluate the key trade-offs between

multiple approaches to cloud system design, and Identify e
CO3 K4
design choices when solving real - world cloud problems
139
 Interpret some important cloud computing driven commercial
systems such as: Google Apps, Microsoft Azure and Amazon
CO4 Web Services and other businesses cloud applications. K5

Build and deploy cloud application using popular cloud

CO5 K6
platforms.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 - 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Openbook

Presentation test

PEC CRYTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To understand the fundamental principles, algorithms of cryptographic techniques

and expose them to various scenarios of cyber crime with an introduction to cyber
law along with a thrust on security on the internet
• To develop an understanding of information assurance as practiced in computer
systems, distributed systems, networks and representative applications.
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

OSI Security Architecture - Classical Encryption techniques – Cipher Principles – Data

Encryption .Standard – The strength of DES - Block Cipher Design Principles and
Modes of Operation - Evaluation criteria for AES – AES Cipher – Multiple Encryption
and Triple DES – Placement of Encryption Function – Traffic Confidentiality – Key
distribution – Random Number Generation

UNIT : II PUBLIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY 9

Key Management - Diffie- Hellman key Exchange – Elliptic Curve Arithmetic - Elliptic
Curve Cryptography
- Introduction to Number Theory – Confidentiality using Symmetric Encryption –
Public Key Cryptography/RSA
UNIT III : AUTHENTICATION AND HASH 9
FUNCTION

Authentication requirements – Authentication functions – Message Authentication

Codes – Hash. Functions – Security of Hash Functions and MACs – MD5 message
Digest algorithm - Secure Hash Algorithm – RIPEMD – HMAC Digital Signatures –
CMAC Digital Signatures - Digital Signatures - Authentication Protocols – Digital
Signature Standard.

UNIT IV : NETWORK SECURITY 9

Authentication Applications: Kerberos – X.509 Authentication Service – Electronic
Mail Security: Pretty good privacy, S/MIME – IP Security – Web Security: Web
security considerations, Secure socket layer and Transport layer Security –
Authentication Header – Encapsulating Security Payload – Combining Security
Associations – Key Management.

UNIT V : SYSTEM LEVEL SECURITY 9

Intruders: Intrusion detection – password management – Malicious software: Viruses

and related. Threats, Virus Counter measures, Distributed Denial of Service Attacks –
Firewalls: Firewall Design Principles, Trusted Systems, Common Criteria for
Information Technology Security Evaluation – Internet standards and internet security.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

141
Text Books:
1 William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and
Practices”, Prentice Hall of India, Third Edition, 2003.

2 Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013

Reference Books:

1 Bruce Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2001.

2 Charles B. Pfleeger, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”,

Third Edition, Pearson education

Web Links:

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cryptography/index.html

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs16/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand OSI security architecture and the design principles of

CO1 K3
Block cipher

CO2 Acquire knowledge on block cipher modes of operation K3

CO3 Describe key management in public key cryptography K5

CO4 Implement the Hash Functions and Authentication Protocols K6

CO5 Analyze the Electronic Mail Security and IP Security K4

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO1 2 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2 1

CO5 - 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case
Exams Studies
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
✓ ✓ ✓

PEC CYBER FORENSICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
• To understand the fundamentals of Computer Forensics and computing
Investigations.
• To recognize the legal underpinnings and critical laws affecting forensics
• To apply the tools and methods to uncover hidden information in digital
systems.
• To learn about current licensing and certification requirements to build the
career in digital forensic.
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9
The Scope of Computer Forensics - Windows Operating and File Systems –
Handling Computer Hardware – Anatomy of Digital Investigation.
UNIT II : INVESTIGATIVE SMART PRACTICES 9

Forensics Investigative Smart Practices – Time and Forensics – Incident closure

UNIT III : LAWS AND PRIVACY CONCERNS 9

Laws Affecting Forensic Investigations – Search Warrants and Subpoenas –

Legislated Privacy Concerns – The admissibility of Evidence – First Response and
Digital Investigator

UNIT IV : DATA ACQUISITION AND REPORT WRITING 9

Data Acquisition – Finding Lost Files – Document Analysis – Case Management

and Report Writing – Building a Forensics Workstation

UNIT V : TOOLS AND CASE STUDIES 9

Tools of the Digital Investigator - Licensing and Certification – Case Studies: E-

mail Forensics – Web Forensics – Searching the Network – Excavating a Cloud –
Mobile device Forensics.

TOTAL HOURS : 45
143
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Michael Graves, ―Digital Archaeology: The Art and Science of Digital

Forensics, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2014.

2. Darren R. Hayes, ―Practical Guide to Computer Forensics Investigation,

Pearson, 2015.

3. Albert J. Marcella and Frederic Guillossou, ―Cyber Forensics: From Data to

Digital Evidence ―, Wiley, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips and Christopher Steuart, ―Guide to Computer

Forensics and Investigations‖, Fourth Edition, Cengage, 2013.

Web Links:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106129

https://www.techtarget.com/searchsecurity/definition/computer-forensics

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

CO1 Acquire knowledge on Forensic Investigative smart K3

practices.

CO2 Analyze the importance and need for smart practices in K4

computer investigation.

CO3 Analyze the ethical standards of the profession and apply K4

those standards to all aspects of the study and practice of
digital forensics.

Evaluate the effectiveness of available digital forensics

tools and use them in a way that optimizes the efficiency
CO4 K5
and quality of digital forensics investigations.

CO5 Describe web and mobile device forensics. K6

Mapping of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 3 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 - - - - - 2

CO4 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration

✓ ✓

PEC DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

✓ To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on

architecture and design.

✓ To introduce the concept of data mining with a detail coverage of basic tasks,
metrics, issues, andimplication.

✓ To learn the core topics like classification, clustering and association rules.

UNIT I : DATA WAREHOUSING 9

Data warehousing Components:Data Warehouse Database, Sourcing, Acquisition,

Cleanup and TransformationTool,Data Warehouse Administration and Management,
Information Delivery System – Building a Data warehouse –- Mapping the Data
Warehouse to a Multiprocessor Architecture – DBMS Schemas for Decision
Support – Data Extraction, Cleanup, and Transformation Tools –Metadata.

145
UNIT II : BUSINESS ANALYSIS 9
Reporting and Query tools and Applications – Tool Categories – The Need
forApplications – Cognos Impromptu Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) – Need
–Multidimensional Data Model – OLAP Guidelines –Multidimensional
versusMultirelational OLAP – Categories of Tools – OLAP Tools and the Internet -
Data CubeTechnology, From Data warehousing to Data Mining.

UNIT III : DATA MINING 9

Introduction – Data – Types of Data – Data Mining Functionalities – Interestingness

ofPatterns – Classification ofData Mining Systems- comparison of classification and
prediction methods – Data Mining Task Primitives –Integration of a Data Mining
System with a Data Warehouse – Issues – DataPreprocessing.-, Mining Descriptive
Statistical Measures in Large Databases.

UNIT IV : ASSOCIATION RULE MINING AND CLASSIFICATION 9

Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods –

Mining various Kinds of Association Rules – Correlation Analysis – Constraint
BasedAssociation Mining – Classification and Prediction - BasicConcepts -
Decision TreeInduction - Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification –
ClassificationByBackpropagation – Support Vector Machines – Associative
Classification – LazyLearners – Other Classification

Methods – Prediction
UNIT V: CLUSTERING, APPLICATIONS AND TRENDS IN DATA MINING 9

Cluster Analysis - Types of Data – Categorization of Major Clustering Methods – K-

means– Partitioning Methods –Hierarchical Methods - Density-Based Methods –
GridBased Methods – Model- Based Clustering Methods –Clustering High
Dimensional Data- Constraint – Based Cluster Analysis – Outlier Analysis – Data
Mining Applications.- Case Study.

TOTAL HOURS 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, “ Data Warehousing, Data Mining &
OLAP”, TataMcGraw – Hill Edition,Tenth Reprint 2007.(I & II)

2. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”,
SecondEdition, Elsevier, 2007.(IIIto V)

REFERENCES:

1. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar, “Introduction To Data

 Mining”,Person Education, 2007.

2. K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay “, Insight into Data mining Theory
andPractice”, Easter EconomyEdition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

3. G. K. Gupta, “Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, Easter

EconomyEdition, Prentice Hall of India,2006.

4. Daniel T.Larose, “Data Mining Methods and Models”, Wile-Interscience,

2006.

Web Links:

W1 : Https://Onlinecourses.Nptel.Ac.In/Noc21_Cs06/Preview

COURSE OUTCOMES :
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

CO1 Apply the basic concepts of DBMS with datawarehousing K3

and datamining
CO2 Identify the datawarehouse components to build a data K3
warehouse.
CO3 Explain the functionalities and classifications of data K5
mining systems
CO5 Identify the issues and understand the integration of a data K3
mining system with a datawarehouse

CO5 Explain cluster analysis, outlier analysis and data mining K5

applications

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - 2

147
ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC E COMMERCE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To understand the nature of e-Commerce and recognize the business impact and
potential of e- Commerce

• To learn the technologies required to make e-Commerce viable.

• To know about the current drivers and inhibitors facing the business world in
adopting and using e-Commerce

UNIT I : Introduction 9

Traditional commerce and Ecommerce - Categories of Electronic commerce –

Business models – Revenue models – Business processes. Internet and WWW–role of
WWW–value chains–strategic business – Revenue Strategy issues – Industry value
chains - supply chain management–role of Ecommerce

UNIT II : Infrastructure for E-Commerce 9

Packet switched networks–Routing packets. TCP/IP protocol script: IP Addressing –

Domain names – E- mail protocols. Internet utility programs–SGML,HTML and
XML–web client and servers–Web client/server architecture– intranet and extranets –
Public and private networks – Virtual private network

UNIT III : Web Based Tools for E-Commerce 9

Web server: Server computers –performance evaluation – Hardware architectures.

Web server software feature sets–web server software and tools– Internet Utility
programs – Data analysis software – Link checking utilities. web protocol–search
engines–intelligent agents –EC software– webhosting–cost analysis

UNIT IV : Security 9
Computer security classification–copyright and Intellectual property–electronic
commerce threats: Secrecy threats – Integrity threats – Necessity threats Encryption
solutions. Protecting client computers–electronic payment systems– electronic cash–
strategies for marketing–sales and promotion–cryptography – authentication
UNIT V: Intelligent Agents 9

Definition and capabilities–limitation of agents – History of software agents –

Characteristics and properties a of agents – Tele script Agent Language – safe-Tcl –
security–web based marketing– search engines and Directory registration–online
advertisements– Portables and info mechanics–website design issues.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text books:

T1 Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B. Whinston “ Frontiers of Electronic

Commerce”,Pearson Education, 2008

T2 Gary PSchneider “Electronic commerce”, Thomson learning & James TPeny

Cambridge USA, 2001 T3 Manlyn Greenstein and Miklos “Electronic
commerce” McGraw-Hill, 2002.

Reference Books:

R1 Efraim TurvanJ.Lee, David Kug and Chung,“Electronic Commerce” Pearson

EducationAsia2001.

R2 Brenda Kienew Ecommerce Business Prentice Hall,2001.

Weblinks:
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/106108103/pdf/Worked_Exampl
es/WKm13.pdf COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Construct the implement various business models of E- K3

Commerce

CO2 Develop a policy and regulatory issues in E-commerce K4

CO3 Evaluate the basic networking concepts K5

CO4 Make use of the web client server architecture K3

CO5 Develop and acquire knowledge on web server concepts and its K6
performance evaluation

149
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC ETHICAL HACKING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
• To understand how intruders escalate privileges.
• To understand Intrusion Detection, Policy Creation, Social Engineering, Buffer
Overflows and different types of Attacks and their protection mechanisms
• To learn about ethical laws and tests
UNIT I : Ethical Hacking 9
Types of Data Stolen From the Organizations, Elements of Information Security,
Authenticity and Non- Repudiation, Security Challenges, Effects of Hacking, Hacker
– Types of Hacker, Ethical Hacker, Hacktivism - Role of Security and Penetration
Tester, Penetration Testing Methodology, Networking & Computer Attacks –
Malicious Software (Malware), Protection Against Malware, Intruder Attacks on
Networks and Computers, Addressing Physical Security – Key Loggers and Back
Doors.
UNIT II : Foot Printing and Social Engineering 9

Web Tools for Foot Printing, Conducting Competitive Intelligence, Google Hacking,
Scanning, Enumeration, Trojans & Backdoors, Virus & Worms, Proxy & Packet
Filtering, Denial of Service, Sniffer, Social Engineering – shoulder surfing, Dumpster
Diving, Piggybacking

UNIT III : Data Security 9

Physical Security – Attacks and Protection, Steganography – Methods, Attacks and

Measures, Cryptography – Methods and Types of Attacks, Wireless Hacking,
Windows Hacking, Linux Hacking

UNIT IV : Network Protection System & Hacking Web 9

Servers

Routers, Firewall & Honeypots, IDS & IPS, Web Filtering, Vulnerability, Penetration
Testing, Session Hijacking, Web Server, SQL Injection, Cross Site Scripting, Exploit
Writing, Buffer Overflow, Reverse Engineering, Email Hacking, Incident Handling
& Response, Bluetooth Hacking, Mobiles Phone Hacking

UNIT V : Ethical Hacking Laws and Tests 9

An introduction to the particular legal, professional and ethical issues likely to face
the domain of ethical hacking, ethical responsibilities, professional integrity and
making appropriate use of the tools and techniques associated with ethical hacking –
Social Engineering, Host Reconnaissance, Session Hijacking, Hacking - Web Server,
Database, Password Cracking, Network and Wireless, Trojan, Backdoor, UNIX,
LINUX, Microsoft, NOVEL Server, Buffer Overflow, Denial of Service Attack,
Methodical Penetration Testing

TOTAL HOURS 45

TEXT BOOKS:

T1: Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, James E. “Corley, Hands‐On Ethical

Hacking and Network Defense”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Steven DeFino, Barry Kaufman, Nick Valenteen, “Official Certified Ethical
Hacker Review Guide”, CENGAGE Learning, 2009-11-01.

R2: Patrick Engebretson, “The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing:

Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing Made Easy”, Syngress Basics
Series – Elsevier, August 4, 2011.

151
R3: Whitaker & Newman, “ Penetration Testing and Network Defense” , Cisco
Press, Indianapolis, IN, 2006

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs13/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Utilize the basics of ethical hacking, elements of Information K3

Security, authenticity, non-repudiation and security challenges

CO2 Develop a acquire knowledge on Malicious Software (Malware), K4

Protection Against

Malware and Intruder Attacks on Computers

CO3 Evaluate the web tools for Foot Printing, Competitive Intelligence K5
and Google Hacking.

CO4 Determine Proxy & Packet Filtering, Denial of Service, Sniffer, K5

Social Engineering

and shoulder surfing

CO5 Develop Analyze Attacks and enhance Physical Security, and K6

Protection

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

PEC INFORMATION RETRIEVAL 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand the basics of information retrieval with pertinence to modeling

2. To understand various components of IR system

3. To understand machine learning techniques for text classification and

clustering

4. To explore various IR applications.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION AND MODELING 9

Basic Concepts: Retrieval process – Architecture – Boolean retrieval; IR Models:

Taxonomy and characterization of IR models – Classical IR models – Alternative
algebraic models – Models for Browsing – Retrieval Evaluation: Performance
evaluation.

UNIT II : INDEXING AND QUERYING 9

Indexing: Inverted indices – Suffix trees – Suffix arrays – Compression; Querying:

Query languages; Query Operations: Relevance feedback and query expansion –
Automatic local and global analysis.

UNIT III : SEARCHING 9

Searching: Sequential searching – Pattern matching; Searching the Web:

Characteristizing the Web – Search engines – Browsing – Searching using
hyperlinks.

153
UNIT IV : CLASSIFICATION AND CLUSTERING 9
Text Classification: Naive Bayes; Vector Space Classification: Rocchio – k-Nearest
Neighbour; Flat Clustering: K-Means – Model-based clustering – Hierarchical
clustering – Matrix decompositions and latent semantic indexing.

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS 9

XML Retrieval – Multimedia IR – Parallel and Distributed IR – Digital Libraries –

Social Media Retrieval – Content-based Image Retrieval – Online Public Access
Catalogs (OPACs).

TOTAL HOURS: 45

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ricardo Baeza Yates, BerthierRibeiroNeto, “Modern Information Retrieval:

The Concepts and Technology behind Search”, ACM Press Books, 2nd
Edition, 2011.

2. Christopher D Manning, PrabhakarRaghavan, HinrichSchutze, “Introduction to

Information Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press, 1st South Asian Edition,
2008.

REFERENCES

1. Stefan Buttcher, Charles L A Clarke, Gordon V Cormack,“Information

Retrieval – Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines”, The MIT Press,
Cambridge, Massachusetts London, England, 2010.

2. Cheng Xiang Zhai, Sean Massung, “Text Data Management and Analysis: A
Practical Introduction to Information Retrieval and Text Mining”, ACM
Books, 2016.

3. Reza Zafarani, Mohammad Ali Abbasi, Huan Liu, “Social Media Mining: An
Introduction”, 1st Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2014.

4. VipinTyagi, “Content-Based Image Retrieval: Ideas, Influences, and Current

Trends”, 1st Edition, Springer, 2017.

5. Marcia J Bates, “Understanding Information Retrieval Systems: Management,

Types, and Standards”, CRC Press, 2012.

Weblinks:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101007
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe various IR modeling techniques K3

Identify and design the various components of an Information

CO2: K3
Retrieval system

Apply machine learning techniques to text classification and

CO3: K3
clustering for efficient Information Retrieval.

CO4: Describe various IR applications K2

Apply IR evaluation metrics to measure the performance of IR

CO5: K3
systems

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

CO3 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

CO4 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2

CO5 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

155
 PEC OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

• To understand the system modelling and design based on requirements,

converting design to code.

• To use various UML design diagrams and to apply the appropriate design
patterns.

• To learn the basic Object oriented analysis and design skills through an
elaborate case study.

• To apply the process of OOAD in software development.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Introduction to OOAD – What is OOAD? – What is UML? An Overview of Object

Oriented Systems Development - Object Basics – Object Oriented Systems
Development Life Cycle: The Software Development Process – Building High-
Quality Software – OOSD: A Use-Case Driven Approach - Use case Modeling -
Relating Use cases: include,extend and generalization.

UNIT II : OBJECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGIES 9

Rumbaugh Methodology - Booch Methodology - Jacobson Methodology - Patterns

– Frameworks – Unified Approach – Unified Modeling Language: Static and
dynamic model – UML diagrams - UML class diagram – Use case diagramUML
dynamic modeling (Sequence diagram, Collaboration Diagram, State Diagram) -
Activity Diagram –Implementation diagrams (Component diagram, Deployment
diagram).

UNIT III: OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS 9

Identifying use cases : Business object analysis –The unified approach- Business
process modeling – Use case model– Developing effective documentation - Object
Analysis Classification : Classifications theory – Approaches foridentifying classes
– Noun phrase approach – Common class patterns approach – Use case driven
approach –Classes, responsibilities and collaborators – Naming classes - Identifying
Object relationships, Attributes and Methods: Associations – Super sub class
relationship – A part of relationships (aggregation) – Class responsibility – Object
responsibility.
UNIT IV : OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN 9

Design Axioms: The object oriented design process – Design axioms – Corollaries –
Design patterns – Designing Classes: The process - Class visibility – Refining
attributes – Designing methods and protocols. Access Layer: Object Storage and
Object Interoperability: DBMS – Distributed databases and client server computing
– Object relational systems – Multidatabase systems – Designing Access layer
classes.

UNIT V : SOFTWARE QUALITY AND USABILITY 9

View Layer : Designing Interface Objects : Designing view layer classes – Macro
level , Micro level process – Purpose of a view layer interface – Prototyping the user
interface- Software Quality Assurance: Quality Assurance Tests – Testing strategies
– Impact of Object Orientation – Test Cases – Test Plan – Myer’s Debugging
Principles – System Usability and Measuring User Satisfaction : Usability Testing –
User Satisfaction Test ( Test Templates) – Mappingdesign to code.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ali Bahrami, “Object Oriented Systems Development”, Tata McGraw-Hill,

1999.

2. Craig Larman,"Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to object-

oriented Analysis and Design and iterativedevelopment”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education,2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mike O’Docherty, “Object-Oriented Analysis & Design: Understanding

System Development with UML 2.0”, JohnWiley& Sons, 2005.

2. James W- Cooper, Addison-Wesley, “Java Design Patterns – A Tutorial”,

2000.

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs48/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Construct the Software Development Process K6

CO2 Analyzeobject oriented design methodologies K5

CO3 Use Attributes and Methods in use case driven approach K3

157
 CO4 Design Object relational and Multidatabase systems K6

CO5 Be Familiar with thetest Cases, test Plan and Myer’s K3

Debugging Principles

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
✓ ✓

PEC SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn the basic concepts of Soft Computing
2. To study various Artificial Neural network architectures
3. To learn fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic and fuzzy inference system
4. To understand genetic algorithm for global optimization
5. To learn hybrids of neuro, fuzzy and genetic algorithm, and their
applications.
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING 9
Introduction: Neural networks – Fuzzy logic – Genetic algorithm – Hybrid systems;
Artificial Neural Network: Fundamental concepts – Evolution of neural networks –
Basic modals of ANN – McCulloch and Pitts neuron – Linear separability – Hebb
network.

UNIT II : SUPERVISED, UNSUPERVISED, AND ASSOCIATIVE

LEARNING NETWORKS 9

Supervised Learning Network: Perceptron networks – Adaptive linear neuron –

Multiple adaptive linear neurons – Back propagation networks – Radial bias
function network; Associative Memory Networks: Autoassociative memory network
– Bidirectional associative memory – Hopfield networks; Unspervised Learning
Networks: Hamming network – Kohonen neural network – Learning vector
quantization – Adaptive resonance theory networks.

UNIT III : FUZZY SYSTEMS 9

Introduction to fuzzy logic – Classical sets – Fuzzy sets – Fuzzy relations –

Membership functions – Defuzzification methods – Fuzzy arithmetic – Fuzzy
measures – Fuzzy rule base and approximate reasoning – Fuzzy decision making.

UNIT IV : GENETIC ALGORITHMS 9

Genetic Algorithm and search space – General genetic algorithm – Operators –

Stopping condition – Constraints – Classification – Genetic programming;
Applications of genetic algorithm.

UNIT V : HYBRID SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES &

APPLICATIONS 9

Neuro-Fuzzy hybrid systems – Genetic neuro hybrid systems – Genetic fuzzy hybrid
and fuzzy genetic hybrid systems; Applications of Soft Computing: A fusion
approach of multispectral images with SAR – Optimization of Traveling Salesman
Problem using genetic algorithm – Soft computing based hybrid fuzzy controllers.

Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS

1. S N Sivanandam, S N Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India,

2nd Edition, 2011.

2. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun, EijiMizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and

Soft Computing”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.

REFERENCES

1. Kwang H Lee, “First course on Fuzzy Theory and Applications”, Springer,

159
 2005.

2. George J Klir, Bo Yuan, “Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic-Theory and

Applications”, Prentice Hall, 1996.

3. James A Freeman, David M Skapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms,

Applications, and Programming Techniques”, Addison Wesley, 2003.

4. S Rajasekaran, G A VijayalakshmiPai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and

Genetic Algorithm, Synthesis and Applications”, PHI Learning, 2017.

5. N P Padhy, S P Simon, “Soft Computing with MATLAB Programming”,

Oxford University Press, 2015.

Weblinks:

1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105173/

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Understand various soft computing techniques K2

CO2 Design and develop different neural network algorithms K3

CO3 Analyse and apply fuzzy logic and fuzzy inference system K3

CO4 Solve problems using Genetic Algorithms K3

CO5 Apply various soft computing techniques for complex problems K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO3 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO5 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

• To understand the phases in a software project

• To understand the fundamental concepts of requirements engineering and

Analysis Modeling.

• To understand the various software design methodologies

• To learn various testing and maintenance measures

UNIT I : SOFTWARE PROCESS AND AGILE DEVELOPMENT 9

Introduction to Software Engineering, Software Process, Perspective and

Specialized Process Models – Introduction to Agility-Agile process-Extreme
programming-XP Process.

UNIT II : REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND SPECIFICATION 9

Software Requirements: Functional and Non-Functional, User requirements, System

requirements, Software Requirements Document – Requirement Engineering
Process: Feasibility Studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis, requirements
validation, requirements management-Classical analysis: Structured system
Analysis, PetriNets- Data Dictionary.

UNIT III : SOFTWARE DESIGN 9

Design process – Design Concepts-Design Model– Design Heuristic – Architectural

Design -Architectural styles, Architectural Design, Architectural Mapping using
Data Flow- User Interface Design: Interface analysis, Interface Design –Component
level Design: Designing Class based components, traditional Components.

UNIT IV : TESTING AND MAINTENANCE 9

Software testing fundamentals-Internal and external views of Testing-white box

testing – basis path testing-control structure testing-black box testing- Regression

161
Testing – Unit Testing – Integration Testing – Validation Testing – System Testing
And Debugging –Software Implementation Techniques: Coding practices-
Refactoring-Maintenance and Reengineering-BPR model-Reengineering process
model-Reverse and Forward Engineering.

UNIT V : PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9

Software Project Management: Estimation – LOC, FP Based Estimation, Make/Buy

Decision COCOMO I & II Model – Project Scheduling – Scheduling, Earned Value
Analysis Planning – Project Plan, Planning Process, RFP Risk Management –
Identification, Projection – Risk Management-Risk Identification- RMMM Plan-
CASE TOOLS

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Roger S. Pressman, ―Software Engineering – A Practitioner‟s Approach,

Seventh Edition, Mc Graw- Hill International Edition, 2010.

2. Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Pearson Education

Asia, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rajib Mall, ―Fundamentals of Software Engineering‖, Third Edition, PHI

Learning PrivateLimited, 2009.

2. Pankaj Jalote, ―Software Engineering, A Precise Approach‖, Wiley India,

2010.

3. Kelkar S.A., ―Software Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2007.

4. Stephen R.Schach, ―Software Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited,2007.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs68/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Identify the key activities in managing a software project K2

CO2 Compare different process models K4

CO3 Apply systematic procedure for software design and K3

deployment
 CO4 Compare and contrast the various testing and maintenance K4

CO5 Manage project schedule, estimate project cost and effort K3

required

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1

CO2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 3

CO4 2 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration

✓ ✓

PEC SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

• To understand the basic knowledge of software management principles.

• To familiarize in choosing an appropriate project development methodology

and identifying project risks, monitoring and tracking project deadlines.

• To develop the capability to work in a team environment and be aware of

different modes of communications.

163
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9
Project Definition – Contract Management – Activities Covered by Software Project
Management – Plans, Methods and Methodologies – Management – Objectives –
Stakeholders – Requirement Specification – Management control – Activities
Covered By Software Project Management – Overview Of Project Planning –
Stepwise Project Planning.

UNIT II : PROJECT EVALUATION 9

Strategic Assessment – Technical Assessment – Cost Benefit Analysis –Cash Flow

Forecasting – Cost Benefit Evaluation Techniques : Net Profit – Payback Period –
Return on Investment – Net Present Value – Internal Rate of Return – Risk
Evaluation : Identification and Ranking – Cost-benefit Analysis – Risk Profile
Analysis – Using Decision Trees.

UNIT III : ACTIVITY PLANNING 9

Objectives – Project Schedule – Sequencing and Scheduling Activities –Network

Planning Models – Forward Pass – Backward Pass – Activity Float – Shortening
Project Duration – Activity on Arrow Networks – Risk Management – Nature Of
Risk – Types Of Risk – Managing Risk – Hazard Identification – Hazard Analysis –
Risk Planning and Control.

UNIT IV : MONITORING AND CONTROL 9

Creating Framework – Collecting The Data – Visualizing Progress – Cost

Monitoring – Earned Value Analysis – Prioritizing Monitoring – Getting Project
Back to Target – Change Control – Managing Contracts – Introduction – Types Of
Contract – Stages In Contract Placement – Typical Terms Of A Contract – Contract
Management – Acceptance.

UNIT V : MANAGING PEOPLE AND ORGANIZING TEAMS 9

Introduction – Understanding Behavior – Organizational Behaviour : a Background

– Selecting The Right Person For The Job – Instruction In The Best Methods –
Motivation– The Oldman – Hackman Job Characteristics Model – Working In
Groups – Becoming A Team –Decision Making – Leadership – Organizational
Structures – Stress –Health and Safety – Case Studies.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOK:

1. Bob Hughes, Mikecotterell, “Software Project Management”, Third Edition,

Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Ramesh, Gopalaswamy, "Managing Global Projects", Tata McGraw Hill,

2001.

2. Royce, “Software Project Management”, Pearson Education, 1999.

3. Jalote, “Software Project Manangement in Practive”, Pearson Education,

2002.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs70/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Determine the Plans, Methods and Methodologies of Software K5

project Management

CO2 Assess the project evaluation techniques based on cost and risk K5

CO3 Elaborate the Sequencing and Scheduling Activities & Hazards K6

CO4 Examine the Stages In Contract Placement K4

CO5 Organize people in team and develop decision making skills K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO5 2 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

165
ASSESSMENT METHODS:
End Semester Case
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation book test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

● To understand the quality management processes and to distinguish between

various activities of quality assurance, quality planning and quality control.

● To know the importance of standards in the quality management process and

their impact on the final product.

● To understand the SQA processes from planning till execution.

UNIT I : FUNDAMENTALS OF SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 9

The Role of SQA: Objectives – Benefits – Goals – Role – Process - SQA Plan :
Need and Content of SQA Plan – SQA considerations – SQA people : Roles and
Responsibilities of SQA People – Characteristics of Good SQA Engineer – Quality
Management – Software Configuration Management : SCM Plan – Roles –
Activities – Baselines – Requirement Phase – Implementation Phase.

UNIT II : MANAGING SOFTWARE QUALITY 9

Managing Software Organizations: Commitment – Management System –

Managing Software Quality: Measurement Criteria – Establishing a Software
Quality Program – Estimating Software Quality – Removal Efficiency – Quality
Goals and Plans – Tracking and Controlling Software Quality – Defect Prevention -
Software Quality Assurance Management.

UNIT III : SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE METRICS 9

Software Quality : Views – Measuring Quality – Criteria - Total Quality

Management (TQM) : Principles – Cost – TQM Implementation Approaches –
Ways of Improving Quality – Methods for Generating Ideas – Advantages – Barriers
– Software Quality Metrics: Product Quality – In-Process – Maintenance quality –
Software Quality Metrics Analysis.
UNIT IV : SOFTWARE QUALITY PROGRAM 9

Software Quality Program Concepts – Establishment of a Software Quality

Program: Tasks – Scope – Minimal Quality Assurance Effort – Quality Plan –
Software Quality Assurance Planning: An Overview – Purpose & Scope:
Management – Documentation – SPCM – Reviews and Audits – Validation,
Verification and Testing – Problem Reporting.
UNIT V : SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE STANDARDIZATION 9

Software Standards–ISO 9000 Quality System Standards : Process Model -

Capability Maturity Model and the Role of SQA in Software Development Maturity
– SEI CMM Level 5 –Comparison of ISO 9000 Model with SEI’s CMM : Model
Orientation – ISO 9000 Weaknesses – CMM Weaknesses - SPICE ( Software
Process Improvement and Capability Determination).

TOTAL HOURS 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mordechai Ben-Menachem / Garry S Marliss, “Software Quality”, Vikas

Publishing House, Pvt, Ltd., New Delhi.(UNIT III to V), 2007.

2. Watts S Humphrey, “ Managing the Software Process”, Pearson Education

Inc. (UNIT I and II)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Gordon G Schulmeyer, “Handbook of Software Quality Assurance”, Third

Edition, Artech House Publishers 2007.

2. Nina S Godbole, “Software Quality Assurance: Principles and Practice”,

Alpha Science International, Ltd, 2004.

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101163

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Identify the roles and responsibilities of
CO1 K3
SQA (software quality assurance)people

167
 Create and apply a software quality assurance plan for
CO2 all software projects. K5

Maintain appropriate metrics to measure and maintain

CO3 K6
quality

Facilitate inspections, product reviews, walk-throughs,

CO4 K5
and audits.

Discuss the roles of SQA in software development

CO5 K6
maturity models

Mapping of course outcomes to program outcomes:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

Avg 2.6 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 PEC SOFTWARE TESTING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To learn the principles of validation testing, defect testing, system and

component testing

• To understand the strategies for generating system test cases

• To understand the essential characteristics of tool used for test automation

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Testing as an Engineering Activity – Role of Process in Software Quality – Testing

as a Process – Basic Definitions – Software Testing Principles – The Tester’s Role
in a Software Development Organization – Origins of Defects – Defect Classes –
The Defect Repository and Test Design – Defect Examples –

Developer/Tester Support for Developing a Defect Repository.

UNIT II : TEST CASE DESIGN 9

Introduction to Testing Design Strategies – The Smarter Tester – Test Case Design
Strategies – Using Black Box Approach to Test Case Design Random Testing –
Requirements based testing – positive and negative testing -–– Boundary Value
Analysis – decision tables - Equivalence Class Partitioning state- based testing–
cause effect graphing – error guessing - compatibility testing – user documentation
testing – domain testing Using White–Box Approach to Test design – Test
Adequacy Criteria –static testing vs. structural testing – code functional testing -
Coverage and Control Flow Graphs – Covering Code Logic – Paths – Their Role in
White–box Based Test Design – code complexity testing – Evaluating

Test Adequacy Criteria.

UNIT III : LEVELS OF TESTING 9

The Need for Levels of Testing – Unit Test – Unit Test Planning –Designing the
Unit Tests. The Test Harness – Running the Unit tests and Recording results –
Integration tests – Designing Integration Tests – Integration Test Planning – scenario
testing – defect bash elimination -System Testing – types of system testing -
Acceptance testing –performance testing - Regression Testing – internationalization
testing – ad-hoc testing -Alpha – Beta Tests – testing OO systems – usability and
accessibility testing

169
UNIT IV : TEST MANAGEMENT 9

People and organizational issues in testing – organization structures for testing teams
–testing services - Test Planning – Test Plan Components – Test Plan Attachments –
Locating Test Items – test management – test process - Reporting Test Results – The
role of three groups in Test Planning and Policy Development – Introducing the
testspecialist – Skills needed by a test specialist – Building a Testing Group.

UNIT V : CONTROLLING AND MONITORING 9

Software test automation – skills needed for automation – scope of automation –

design and architecture for automation – requirements for a test tool – challenges in
automation- Test metrics and measurements –project, progress and productivity
metrics – Status Meetings – Reports and Control Issues – Criteria for Test
Completion – SCM – Types of reviews – Developing a review program –
Components of Review Plans– Reporting Review Results. – evaluating software
quality – defect prevention – testing maturity Model.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “ Software Testing –

Principles and Practices”, Pearson education, 2006.

2. Aditya P.Mathur, “Foundations of Software Testing”, Pearson

Education,2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Boris Beizer, “Software Testing Techniques”, Second Edition, Dreamtech,

2003

2. Elfriede Dustin, “Effective Software Testing”, First Edition, Pearson

Education, 2003.

3. Renu Rajani, Pradeep Oak, “Software Testing – Effective Methods, Tools

and Techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Weblinks:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101163
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Identify the defects by applying the testing principles K3

CO2 Develop test strategies and test cases to prioritize and execute them K6

CO3 Apply the testing techniques in an effective manner K3

CO4 Design and implement comprehensive test plans K6

CO5 Assess the various test metrics and measurements. K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC SYSTEM SOFTWARE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To understand the relationship between system software and machine

architecture.

• To know the design and implementation of assemblers, linkers and loaders.

• To understand the macroprocessors, system software tools and internal

working of hardware and software interface of a typical system.
171
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

System software and machine architecture – The Simplified Instructional Computer

(SIC) Machine architecture: Memory- Registers-Data and instruction formats -
addressing modes -instruction sets – Input / Output – SIC/XE Machine Architecture:
Memory-Registers- Data and instruction formats - addressing modes -instruction
sets – Input / Output – Programming examples.

UNIT II : ASSEMBLERS 8

Basic assembler functions : A simple SIC assembler – Assembler algorithm and data
structures - Machine dependent assembler features : Instruction formats and
addressing modes – Program relocation - Machine independent assembler features :
Literals –Symbol-defining statements – Expressions – Assembler Design Options :
One pass assemblers and Multi pass assemblers - Implementation example : MASM
assembler.

UNIT III : LOADERS AND LINKERS 8

Basic loader functions: Design of an Absolute Loader – A Simple Bootstrap Loader

-Machine dependent loader features: Relocation – Program Linking – Algorithm and
Data Structures for a Linking Loader - Machine independent loader features:
Automatic Library Search – Loader Options - Loader design options: Linkage
Editors - Dynamic Linking – Bootstrap Loaders.

UNIT IV : MACRO PROCESSORS & VIRTUAL MACHINES 10

Basic macro processor functions : Macro Definition and Expansion – Macro

Processor Algorithm and data structures - Machine-Independent Macro Processor
Features : Concatenation of Macro Parameters – Generation of Unique Labels –
Conditional Macro Expansion – Keyword Macro Parameters - Macro within Macro -
Implementation example : MASM Macro Processor - Introduction to Virtual
Machines (VM) – Computer Architecture- Virtual machine basics – Process virtual
machines – System virtual machines

UNIT V : SYSTEM SOFTWARE TOOLS 10

Database Management Systems : Basic concept of a DBMS – Levels of Data

Description – Use of a DBMS

- Text editors : Overview of the Editing Process - User Interface – Editor Structure -
Interactive debugging systems: Debugging functions and capabilities – Relationship
with other parts of the system – User Interface Criteria- Instruction Set Issues –
Profiling – Code optimization.

TOTAL HOURS : 45
Text Books:

1: Leland L. Beck, “System Software – An Introduction to Systems

Programming”, 3rd Edition, Pearson education Asia, 2006.

2: John R. Levine, “Linkers & Loaders”, Morgan Kauffman, 2003.

Reference Books:

1: John J. Donovan “Systems Programming”, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 2000.

2: D. M. Dhamdhere, “Systems Programming and Operating Systems”, Second

Revised Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

3: John R. Levine, Linkers & Loaders – Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2000. 4:Srimanta Pal, “Systems Programming “
,Oxford University Press, 2011.

Weblinks:

1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM1/noc18-cs05/

COURSE OUTCOMES

After completion of course, students would be able to:

CO1 Demonstrate the machine architecture of SIC and SIC/XE. K4

CO2 Identify the different assembler modes and features. K6

CO3 Analyse different loaders with various linkage methods. K4

CO4 Identify the functionalities of macro processing and analyse the K6
virtual machine imeplementation.
CO5 Apply the basic concepts of data base management systems with K5
programming coding standards.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1

CO2 2 1 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 3

173
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC USER INTERFACE DESIGN 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To gain knowledge about how to create a User Interface, how to use different
type of controls, Menu usage.

• To learn different types and components, different methodologies used to

implement User Interface and how to use multimedia, prototypes and
analyzing different types of testing

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Human Computer Interface – A brief History of Screen Design - Characteristics Of

Graphics Interface – Direct Manipulation Graphical System – Web User Interface –
Popularity –Characteristic of Web Interface Principles of User Interface Design

UNIT II : HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION 9

User Interface Design Process – Obstacles –Usability –Human Characteristics In

Design – Human Interaction Speed–Business Functions and Requirement Analysis :
Direct Methods and Indirect Methods – Basic Business Functions -Design Standards
– System Training – Structures Of Menus – Functions Of Menus–Contents Of
Menu– Formatting-Phrasing The Menu – Selecting Menu Choice–navigating
Menus– Kinds of Graphical Menus.

UNIT III : WINDOWS 9

Window Characteristics– Components– Presentation Styles– Types– Managements–

Organizations– Operations– Web Systems– Device Based Controls Characteristics–
Screen Based Controls Characteristics – Operate Control – Text Entry Controls –
Selection Control–Combination Control– Custom Control– Presentation Control.

UNIT IV : MULTIMEDIA 9

Text For Web Pages – Providing the Proper Feedback– Guidance & Assistance–
International Consideration – Accessibility– Icons– Image– Multimedia – Coloring.

UNIT V : WINDOWS LAYOUT– TEST 9

Prototypes – Kinds Of Tests – Analyze ,Modify and Retest – Evaluating the

Working System - Information Search – Visualization –Hypermedia – Software
Tools : Interface Design Tools, Software Testing Tools

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1: Wilbent. O. Galitz ,“The Essential Guide To User Interface Design”, John

Wiley& Sons, 2007.

2: Ben Sheiderman, “Design The User Interface”, Pearson Education, 2008.

REFERENCES:

1: Alan Cooper, “The Essential Of User Interface Design”, Wiley – Dream Tech
Ltd.,2002

Web Links:

L1: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ar05/preview

L2: https://www.coursera.org/specializations/user-interface-design

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Identify the concept of Human Computer Interface and Direct

CO1 K4
Manipulation Graphical System.

CO2 Discuss User Interface Design Process, Obstacles andUsability K6

Compare Window Characteristics, Presentation Styles, Organizations

CO3 K4
andOperations

CO4 Discuss International Consideration and Accessibility ofmultimedia K6

CO5 Analyze the concept of Visualization and Hypermedia K5

175
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO2 1 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC VIRTUAL REALITY 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
➢ To understand geometric modeling and Virtual environment.
➢ To study about Virtual Hardware and Software
➢ To develop Virtual Reality applications
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL REALITY 9

Virtual Reality & Virtual Environment : Introduction – Computer graphics – Real

time computer graphics

–Flight Simulation – Virtual environments –requirement – benefits of virtual reality-

Historical development of VR : Introduction-Scientific Landmark -3D Computer
Graphics :Introduction – The Virtual world space – positioning the virtual observer
– the perspective projection – human vision – stereo perspective projection – 3D
clipping – Colour theory – Simple 3D modeling – Illumination models – Reflection
models – Shading algorithms- Radiosity – Hidden Surface Removal – Realism-
Stereographic image.

UNIT II : GEOMETRIC MODELLING 9

Geometric Modeling: Introduction – From 2D to 3D – 3D space curves – 3D

boundary representation - Geometrical Transformations: Introduction – Frames of
reference – Modeling transformations – Instances –Picking – Flying – Scaling the
VE – Collision detection - A Generic VR system: Introduction – The virtual
environment – the Computer environment – VR Technology – Model of interaction
– VR Systems.

UNIT III : VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT 9

Animating the Virtual Environment: Introduction – The dynamics of numbers –

Linear and Non-linear interpolation - The animation of objects – linear and
nonlinear translation - shape & object inbetweening

– free from deformation – particle system- Physical Simulation : Introduction –

Objects falling in a gravitational field – Rotating wheels – Elastic collisions –
projectiles – simple pendulum – springs – Flight dynamics of an aircraft.

UNIT IV : VR HARDWARES & SOFTWARES 9

Human factors : Introduction – the eye - the ear- the somatic senses - VR Hardware :
Introduction – sensor hardware - Head-coupled displays –Acoustic hardware –
Integrated VR systems-VR Software: Introduction –Modeling virtual world –
Physical simulation- VR toolkits – Introduction to VRML.

UNIT V : VR APPLICATION 9

Virtual Reality Applications: Introduction – Engineering – Entertainment – Science

– Training – The Future: Introduction – Virtual environments – modes of
interaction.

TOTAL HOURS: 45

TEXT BOOK :

1: John Vince, “Virtual Reality Systems “, Pearson Education Asia, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1: Adams, “Visualizations of Virtual Reality”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

177
2: Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe Coiffet , “Virtual Reality Technology”, Wiley
Interscience, 2nd Edition, 2006.

3: William R. Sherman, Alan B. Craig, “Understanding Virtual Reality:

Interface, Application, and Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

Web Links:

L1: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106138

L2: www.vresources.org

L3: www.vrac.iastate.edu

L4: www.w3.org/MarkUp/VRML

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Assess the concept of Virtual Reality, Virtual Environment K4

and 3D Computer Graphics Shading algorithms

CO2 Explain Geometric Modelling Know ,Geometric K6

Transformations and Generic VR system

CO3 Appraise the details of Physical Simulation in Virtual K4

Environment

CO4 Explain Integrated VR systems, VR Software and VRML K6

CO5 Develop a Virtual Reality Applications with different modes K5

of interaction

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 - - 3 - 2 3 2
 CO5 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC AGILE METHODOLOGIES 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To provide students with a theoretical as well as practical understanding of

agile software development practices and how small teams can apply them to
create high-quality software.

• To provide a good understanding of software design and a set of software

technologies and APIs.

• To understand the benefits and pitfalls of working in an Agile team.

• To understand Agile development and testing.

UNIT I : AGILE METHODOLOGY 9

Theories for Agile Management – Agile Software Development – Traditional

Model vs. Agile Model - Classification of Agile Methods – Agile Manifesto and
Principles – Agile Project Management – Agile Team Interactions – Ethics in Agile
Teams - Agility in Design, Testing – Agile Documentations – Agile Drivers,
Capabilities and Values

UNIT II : AGILE PROCESSES 9

Lean Production - SCRUM, Crystal, Feature Driven Development- Adaptive

Software Development - Extreme Programming: Method Overview – Lifecycle –
Work Products, Roles and Practices.

179
UNIT III : AGILITY AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 9

Agile Information Systems – Agile Decision Making - Earl‘S Schools of KM –

Institutional Knowledge Evolution Cycle – Development, Acquisition, Refinement,
Distribution, Deployment , Leveraging – KM in Software Engineering – Managing
Software Knowledge – Challenges of Migrating to Agile Methodologies – Agile
Knowledge Sharing – Role of Story-Cards – Story-Card Maturity Model (SMM).

UNIT IV : AGILITY AND REQUIREMENTS 9

ENGINEERING

Impact of Agile Processes in RE–Current Agile Practices – Variance – Overview of

RE Using Agile – Managing Unstable Requirements – Requirements Elicitation –
Agile Requirements Abstraction Model – Requirements Management in Agile
Environment, Agile Requirements Prioritization – Agile Requirements Modeling
and Generation – Concurrency in Agile Requirements Generation.

UNIT V : AGILITY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 9

Agile Product Development – Agile Metrics – Feature Driven Development (FDD) –

Financial and Production Metrics in FDD – Agile Approach to Quality Assurance - Test
Driven Development – Agile Approach in Global Software Development.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

T2: David J. Anderson and Eli Schragenheim, “Agile Management for Software
Engineering: Applying the Theory of Constraints for Business Results”,
Prentice Hall, 2003.

T3: Hazza and Dubinsky, “Agile Software Engineering, Series: Undergraduate

Topics in Computer Science”, Springer, 2009.

Reference Books:

R4: Craig Larman, “Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager‘s Guide”,

Addison-Wesley, 2004.

R5: Kevin C. Desouza, “Agile Information Systems: Conceptualization,

Construction, and Management”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2007.

Web Links:

1. https://www.guru99.com/scrum-testing-beginner-guide.html

2. https://www.inflectra.com/Ideas/Whitepaper/Introduction%20to%20Agile%20D
evelopment%2 0 Methods.aspx
COURSE OUTCOMES

Realize the importance of interacting with business

CO1 stakeholders in determining the requirements for a software K4
system

Perform iterative software development processes: how to

CO2 K3
plan them, how to execute them.

Point out the impact of social aspects on software

CO3 K1
development success

Develop techniques and tools for improving team

CO4 K6
collaboration and software quality.

Perform Software process improvement as an ongoing task

CO5 K3
for development teams.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 1 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC INFORMATION SECURITY 3 0 0 3

181
Course Objective:
• To understand the basics of Information Security and to know the legal,
ethical and professional issues in Information Security.

• To know the aspects of risk management and to become aware of various

standards and the technological aspects of Information Security.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9
Information security: Definition, History, Critical Characteristics of Information-
NSTISSC Security Model- Components of an Information System- Securing the
Components-Balancing Security and Access-The System Development Life Cycle-
The Security System Development Life Cycle

UNIT II : SECURITY INVESTIGATION 9

Need for Security- Business Needs: protecting the functionality of an organization,
enabling the safe operation of an application, protecting the data that organization
collects and use, safeguarding technology assets in organization- Threats-Attacks-
Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues: Law and ethics in Information security,
relevant U.S Laws, International laws and legal bodies, ethics and information
security, codes of ethics and professional organization.

UNIT III : SECURITY ANALYSIS 9

Risk Management: Introduction- Risk Identification: plan and organize the process,
asset identification and inventory, classifying and prioritizing information assets,
information assets valuation, identifying and prioritizing threats, vulnerability
identification and Assessing Risk, Assessing and Controlling Risk

UNIT IV : LOGICAL DESIGN 9

Blueprint for Security- Information Security Policy, Standards and Practices-

ISO17799/BS 7799-NIST Models-VISA International Security Model- Design of
Security Architecture- Planning for Continuity: Business impact analysis, incident
response planning, disaster recovery planning, business continuity planning, crisis
management, model for a consolidated contingency plan, law enforcement
involvement.

UNIT V : PHYSICAL DESIGN 9

Security Technology- IDS- Scanning and Analysis Tools-Cryptography: Foundation

of cryptology, cipher methods, cryptographic algorithms, cryptographic tools,
protocols for secure communications, attacks on cryptosystems- Access Control
Devices- Physical Security-Security and Personnel

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOK:
 1. Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, “Principles of Information
Security”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Micki Krause, Harold F. Tipton, “ Handbook of Information Security

Management”, Vol 1-3 CRC Press LLC, 2004.

2. Stuart Mc Clure, Joel Scrambray, George Kurtz, “Hacking Exposed”, Tata

McGraw- Hill, 2003

3. Matt Bishop, “Computer Security Art and Science”, Pearson/PHI, 2002

Web Links:

1. http://web.cse.ohio-state.edu/~champion.17/4471/

2. https://slideplayer.com/slide/4409575/

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Discuss the development Life Cycle and components of
CO1 K6
the information security system
Assess the protection of functionalities in an
CO2 K5
organization with Ethical and Professional Issues
Examine the information assets Risk Assessment and
CO3 K4
Controlling of Risk
Evaluate the Standards and Practices of various security
CO4 K5
models with Planning for Continuity
Elaborate Scanning and Analysis Tools and
CO5 K6
cryptographic algorithms

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

183
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation

✓ ✓

PEC SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
• To learn about the use and application of SDN in Data centers
• To understand the separation of the data plane and the control plane
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

History of Software Defined Networking (SDN) – Modern Data Center – Traditional

Switch Architecture – Why SDN – Evolution of SDN – How SDN Works – Centralized
and Distributed Control and Date Planes

UNIT II : OPEN FLOW & SDN CONTROLLERS 9

Open Flow Specification – Drawbacks of Open SDN, SDN via APIs, SDN via
Hypervisor-Based Overlays – SDN via Opening up the Device – SDN Controllers –
General Concepts

UNIT III : DATA CENTERS 9

Multitenant and Virtualized Multitenant Data Center – SDN Solutions for the Data
Center Network – VLANs – EVPN – VxLAN – NVGRE

UNIT IV : SDN PROGRAMMING 9

Programming SDNs: Northbound Application Programming Interface, Current

Languages and Tools, Composition of SDNs – Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)
and Software Defined Networks: Concepts, Implementation and Applications.
UNIT V : SDN 9

Juniper SDN Framework – IETF SDN Framework – Open Daylight Controller –

Floodlight Controller – Bandwidth Calendaring – Data Center Orchestration
TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1. Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray, ―SDN: Software Defined Networks,

O'Reilly Media, 2013.

2. Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, ―Software Defined Networks: A

Comprehensive Approach, First Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.
Reference Books:

1. Siamak Azodolmolky, ―Software Defined Networking with Open Flow,

Packet Publishing, 2013.

2. Vivek Tiwari, ―SDN and Open Flow for Beginners, Amazon Digital
Services, Inc., 2013.

Web Links:

1. https://opennetworking.org/wp-N_ARCH_1.0_06062014.pdfOnline

2. https://www.ciena.com/insights/what-is/What-Is-SDN.html

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Integrating the conventional networking approaches with SDN K3

CO2 Articulate the design of open flow specification of SDN via K3

Hypervisor

CO3 Hypothesizing the Virtualized Multitenant Data Center SDN K5

and VxLAN

CO4 Implementing the Composition of SDNs in python K3

programming

CO5 Mind mapping the view of IETF SDN Framework and Data K4
Center Orchestration

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

185
CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Assignments Case

Exam Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓

PEC BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGIES 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To introduce Bit coin and other crypto currencies

• To study the algorithms and techniques in block chain

• To understand the practical aspects in the design of crypto currency

• To understand the function of Block chains as a method of securing

distributed ledgers

• To design, code, deploy and execute a smart contract

UNIT I : Introduction to Block chain 9

Basics of blockchain-Public Ledgers-Block Chain as Public Ledgers-Types of Block

chains- Pillars of Block chain-Government Initiatives of Block Chain-Bitcoin- Smart
Contracts

UNIT II : Architecture and Conceptualization of Block Chain, 9

Crypto Currencies

Block in a Block chain-find Transactions-Distributed Consensus-Proof of work,

Stake, Space-Attacks on POW-Ethereum-Pos/POW Hybrids-Crypto currency to
block chain 2.0, Model of Blockchain-Algorand

UNIT III : Crypto Primitives, Securing and Interconnecting Public 9

and Private Block Chains

Hash Function and Merle Tree-Security Properties-Security Considerations for

block chain-Digital Signature-Public Key Cryptography-Bit coin block chain
incentive structures- Nash Equilibriums- evolutionary stable strategies,-and Pareto-
efficiency (game theory) Weaknesses and news Points of Failure- Mitigation
Methods-Redundancies and fall-back methods.

UNIT IV : Mining and Crypto Currencies - How to use and Interact 9

Mining-Pools-Impact of CPU and GPU-Transaction in Bit coin Network- Block

Mining-Block propagation and block relay

UNIT V : Blockchain Use Cases-Applications in Different Areas 9

Industry applications of Blockchain - Blockchain in Government-Government use

cases-Preventing Cybercrime through block chain-Block Chain in defense, tax
payments

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1. Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies, by Andreas

Antonopoulos O’Reilly, First Edition, 2014.

2. Blockchain by Melanie Swa, O’Reilly Media 2015

3. Zero to Block chain - An IBM Redbooks course, by Bob Dill, David Smits

Reference Books:

1. The Basics of Bitcoins and Blockchains: An Introduction to Crypto

currencies and the Technology that Powers Them, 2018 by Antony Lewis

2. The Truth Machine: The Blockchain and the Future of Everything Paperback
– 5 March 2019

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs01/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Explain the structure of a block chain K5

187
CO2 Analyze the incentive structure in a block chain based system K4

CO3 Judge the scenario where “smart” contract is most appropriate K5

CO4 Identify basic knowledge of Bitcoin, Ethereum K3

CO5 Apply Blockchain in future use cases for security K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES

• To learn the fundamentals of natural processing

• To understand the way to measure one or more qualities of an algorithm or a

system
 • To gain knowledge of the linguistics concerned with the interactions between
computers and human.
UNIT 1 : OVERVIEW AND LANGUAGE MODELLING 9

Overview: Origins and challenges of NLP Language and Grammar-Processing

Indian Languages- NLP Applications Information Retrieval. Language Modeling:
Various Grammar- based Language Models- Statistical Language Model.

UNIT 2 WORD LEVEL ANALYSIS 9

Unsmoothed N-grams, Evaluating N-grams, Smoothing, Interpolation and Backoff –

Word Classes, Part- of-Speech Tagging, Rule-based, Stochastic and Transformation-
based tagging, Issues in PoS tagging – Hidden Markov and Maximum Entropy
models.

UNIT 3 SYNTACTIC ANALYSIS 9

Context-Free Grammars, Grammar rules for English, Treebanks, Normal Forms for
grammar – Dependency Grammar – Syntactic Parsing, Ambiguity, Dynamic
Programming parsing – Shallow parsing – Probabilistic CFG, Probabilistic CYK,
Probabilistic Lexicalized CFGs – Feature structures, Unification of feature
structures.

UNIT 4 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL AND LEXICAL RESOURCES 9

Information Retrieval: Design features of Information Retrieval Systems-Classical,

Non classical, Alternative Models of Information Retrieval – valuation Lexical
Resources: World Net-Frame Net- Stemmers-POS Tagger- Research Corpora.

UNIT 5 DISCOURSE ANALYSIS AND LEXICAL RESOURCES 9

Discourse segmentation, Coherence – Reference Phenomena, Anaphora Resolution

using Hobbs and Centering Algorithm – Coreference Resolution – Resources: Porter
Stemmer, Lemmatizer, Penn Treebank, Brills Tagger, WordNet, PropBank,
FrameNet, Brown Corpus, British National Corpus (BNC). Max.45 Hours

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand NLP problems and survey the literature about that K5
problem
CO2 Understand language modeling K4

CO3 Describe automated natural language generation and machine K5

translation
CO4 Learn the natural language generation. K3

CO5 Analyse the logic and semantics of world knowledge K3

189
TOTAL HOURS -45

TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Richard M Reese, ―Natural Language Processing with Java, OReilly Media,

2015.

2. Nitin Indurkhya and Fred J. Damerau, ―Handbook of Natural Language

Processing, Second Edition,Chapman and Hall/CRC Press, 2010.

3. Daniel Jurafsky, James H. Martin―Speech and Language Processing: An

Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics and
Speech, Pearson Publication, 2014.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs56/preview

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

P01 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 3 2

CO3 2 3 1 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - -

CO4 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 - - - -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test

✓ ✓
 PEC APPLICATIONS OF AI 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To give deep knowledge of AI and how AI can be applied in various fields to

make the life easy

UNIT I : 9

Linguistic aspects of natural language processing, A.I. And Quantum Computing,

Applications of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in business.

UNIT II : 9

Emotion Recognition using human face and body language, AI based system to
predict the diseases early, Smart Investment analysis, AI in Sales and Customer
Support

UNIT III : 9

Robotic Processes Automation for supply chain management.

UNIT IV : 9

AI-Optimized Hardware, Digital Twin i.e. AI Modelling, Information Technology &

Security using AI.

UNIT V : 9

Recent Topics in AI/ML: AI/ML in Smart solutions, AI/ML in Social Problems

handling, Block chain and AI.

TOTAL :45 hours

Text Books:

T1: Sameer Dhanrajani, AI and Analytics, Accelerating Business Decisions, John

Wiley & Sons.

T2: Life 3.0: Being Human in the Age of Artificial Intelligence by Max
Tegmark, published July 2018.

T3: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow by Yuval Noah Harari, published
March 2017.

T4: Artificial Intelligence in Practice: How 50 Successful Companies Used AI

and Machine Learning to Solve Problems, Bernard Marr, Matt Ward, Wiley.

191
Reference Books:

R1: Somogyi, Zoltán. The Application of Artificial Intelligence: Step-by-Step Guide

from Beginner to Expert. Switzerland, Springer International Publishing, 2022.

R2: Artificial Intelligence Applications in Information and

CommunicationTechnologies. Germany, Springer International Publishing, 2015.

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102220

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of K3

artificial intelligence (AI) and its foundations.

CO2 To apply the Basic Concepts of Machine Learning K4

CO3 To build various machine learning algorithms using Linear K5

models

CO4 To apply ML techniques to application and evaluate the models K4

CO5 Apply basic principles of AI and ML in solutions that require K4

problem solving, inference, perception, knowledge
representation, and learning.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case
Exams Studies
 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

EC INFORMATION SECURITY ANALYSIS AND 3 0 0 3

AUDIT

Course Objectives
1. To introduce system security related incidents and insight on potential
defenses, counter measures against common threat/vulnerabilities.
2. To provide the knowledge of installation, configuration and
troubleshooting of information security devices.
3. To make students familiarize on the tools and common processes in
information security audits and analysis of compromised systems.

UNIT 1 : Information Security Fundamentals 9

Definitions & challenges of security, Attacks & services, Security policies, Security
Controls, Access control structures, Cryptography, Deception, Ethical Hacking,
Firewalls, Identify and Access Management (IdAM).
Monitor systems and apply controls, security assessment using automated tools.
UNIT 2 : System Security 9
System Vulnerabilities, Network Security Systems, System Security, System
Security Tools, Web Security, Application Security, Intrusion Detection Systems,
backups of security devices, Performance Analysis, Root cause analysis and
Resolution, Information Security Policies, Procedures, Standards and Guidelines.

UNIT 3 : Incident Management 9

Security requirements, Risk Management, Risk Assessment, Security incident

management, third party security management, Incident Components, Incident
Response Lifecycle, Record, classify and prioritize information security incidents
using standard templates and tools.

UNIT 4 : Conducting Security Audits 9

Common issues in audit tasks, Infrastructure and networks, application hosting and
content management, communication routes such as messaging, Features,
configuration and specifications of information security systems and devices,
Common audit techniques, Record and report audit tasks, Methods and techniques
for testing compliance.

193
UNIT 5 : Information Security Audit Preparation 9

Establish the nature and scope of information security audits, Roles and
responsibilities, Requirements of information security, Best Practices of a
cybersecurity audit, self and work management skills, Self management skills
importance, Why is self management important in the workplace.

Total Hours 45

Text Book(s)

1. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, Computer Security: Principles and

Practice, 3rd edition, 2014.

2. Nina Godbole, Information Systems Security: Security Management,

Metrics, Frameworks and Best Practices, Wiley, 2017

3. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, Cyber Security- Understanding cyber-

crimes, computer forensics and legal perspectives, Wiley Publications,
2016

4. Andrew Vladimirov Michajlowski, Konstantin, Andrew A. Vladimirov,

Konstantin V. Gavrilenko, Assessing Information Security: Strategies,
Tactics, Logic and Framework, IT Governance Ltd, O‘Reilly, 2010.

Reference Books

1. Charles P. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2009.

Christopher J. Alberts, Audrey J. Dorofee , Managing Information Security
Risks, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2004

2. Peter Zor, The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense, Pearson
Education Ltd, 2005Lee Allen, Kevin Cardwell, Advanced Penetration
Testing for Highly-Secur Environments - Second ed Edition, PACKT
Publishers, 2016

3. Chuck Easttom , System Forensics Investigation and Response, Second

Edition, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2014
4. David Kennedy, Jim O‘Gorman, Devon Kearns, and Mati Aharoni,
Metasploit The Penetration Tester‘s Guide, No Starch Press, 2014

5. Practical Malware Analysis by Michael Sikorski and Andrew Honig, No

Starch Press, 2015

Web Links:

https://www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html

https://csrc.nist.gov/publications/detail/sp/800-55/rev-1/final

https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/threats/paper/34180
 https://www.sscnasscom.com/qualification-pack/SSC/Q0901/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Contribute to managing information security K3

CO2 Co-ordinate responses to information security incidents K6

CO3 Develop knowledge, skills and competence in information security K3

CO4 Contribute to information security audits. K6

CO5 Support teams to prepare for and undergo information security audits K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO 4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 0 PO1 1 PO1 2 PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1
2 2 1 0 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1

CO 2 2 2 1 2 2 0 3 2
- - - - - -
CO 3
2 3 1 2 2 0 - - - - - - 3 2

CO 4 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
- - - - - -
CO5
2 3 3 3 3 0 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

Model End Semester

CAT 1 CAT 2 Assignments Case Studies
Exam Exams

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

195
 PEC INTELLIGENT DATA BASE SYSTEM 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To analyze learning systems.

• To study the Database installation and create databases by using SQL.

• To get exposure to many real-world control problems.

• To determine which type of intelligent system methodology would be suitable

for a given type of application problem.

• To design and create small real time applications.

UNIT I : SEMANTIC DATA MODELS 9

Informal definition of the domain - General characteristics of IDBSs - Data models

and the relational data model - A taxonomy of intelligent database systems. Nested
and semantic data models – Introduction - The nested relational model - Semantic
models - Hyper-semantic data models -

UNIT II : KNOWLEDGE BASED SYSTEMS - AI CONTEXT 9

Characteristics and classification of the knowledge based systems – Introduction -

The resolution principle - Inference by inheritance - Deductive database systems -
Basic concepts - DATALOG language - Deductive database systems and logic
programming systems—differences - Architectural approaches - Research prototypes
- Updates in deductive databases - Integration of deductive database and object
database technologies - Constraint databases.

UNIT III : APPLICATIONS IN IDBS 9

Introduction - Temporal databases - Basic concepts - Temporal data models -
Temporal query languages Internet indexing and retrieval - Basic indexing methods -
Search engines or meta searchers - Internet spiders -

UNIT IV : SEMANTIC DATA MODELING 9

Object oriented approaches to semantic data modeling – Object oriented database

systems – Basic concepts of a core object-oriented data model - Comparison with
other data models.

UNIT V : DATA MINING 9

Data mining - Data mining tasks - Data mining tools - Medical and legal information
systems – Medical information systems - Legal information systems. Case study:
Design and develop a project using a medical information system
TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1 Panos Alexopoulos, "Semantic Modeling For Data: Avoiding Pitfalls And

Breaking Dilemmas", O'Reilly , 2020.

2 N.P. Padhy,"Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems" Oxford Press,

2015.

Reference Books:

1 Elisa Bertino, Barbara Catania, GianPieroZarri, “Intelligent Database

Systems”,Collection ACM Press, 2001.

2 Leondes CT, "Intelligent Knowledge-Based Systems", Kluwer Academic

Publishers, 2005.

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105219
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the basic artificial intelligence techniques K3

CO2 Understand the concepts of knowledge-based systems and apply K6

them with AI.

CO3 Describe the attributes of knowledge-based systems and the K3

situations to which they are well-suited
CO4 Apply their knowledge to design solutions to different problems. K6

CO5 Design and develop an intelligent system for a selected K5

application.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

197
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT CAT Model End Semester Assignments Case Studies

1 2 Exam Exams

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

PEC RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

➢ To understand the foundations of the recommender system.

➢ To learn the significance of machine learning and data mining algorithms for
Recommender systems

➢ To learn about collaborative filtering

➢ To make students design and implement a recommender system..

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Introduction and basic taxonomy of recommender systems - Traditional and non-

personalized Recommender Systems - Overview of data mining methods for
recommender systems- similarity measures- Dimensionality reduction – Singular
Value Decomposition (SVD)

UNIT II CONTENT-BASED RECOMMENDATION SYSTEMS 9

High-level architecture of content-based systems - Item profiles, Representing item

profiles, Methods for learning user profiles, Similarity-based retrieval, and
Classification algorithms.

UNIT III : COLLABORATIVE FILTERING 9

A systematic approach, Nearest-neighbor collaborative filtering (CF), user-based

and item-based CF, components of neighborhood methods (rating normalization,
similarity weight computation, and neighborhood selection

UNIT IV : ATTACK-RESISTANT RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 9

Introduction – Types of Attacks – Detecting attacks on recommender systems –

Individual attack

– Group attack – Strategies for robust recommender design - Robust

recommendation algorithms.

UNIT V : EVALUATING RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 9

Evaluating Paradigms – User Studies – Online and Offline evaluation – Goals of

evaluation design – Design Issues – Accuracy metrics – Limitations of Evaluation
measures
TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer, 2016.

2. Dietmar Jannach , Markus Zanker , Alexander Felfernig and Gerhard

Friedrich , Recommender Systems: An Introduction, Cambridge University
Press (2011), 1st ed.

3. Francesco Ricci , Lior Rokach , Bracha Shapira , Recommender Sytems

Handbook, 1st ed, Springer (2011),

4. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of massive

datasets, 3rd edition, Cambridge University Press, 2020.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Understand the basic concepts of recommender systems K3

CO2 Implement machine-learning and data-mining algorithms in K4

recommender systems data sets.
CO3 Implementation of Collaborative Filtering in carrying out K5
performance evaluation of recommender systems based on various
metrics.
CO4 Design and implement a simple recommender system. K4

CO5 Learn about advanced topics of recommender systems. K4

199
Mapping of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC TEXT AND SPEECH ANALYSIS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• Understand natural language processing basics

• Apply classification algorithms to text documents

• Build question-answering and dialogue systems

• Develop a speech recognition system

• Develop a speech synthesizer

UNIT I : NATURAL LANGUAGE BASICS 9

Foundations of natural language processing – Language Syntax and Structure- Text

Preprocessing and Wrangling – Text tokenization – Stemming – Lemmatization –
Removing stop-words – Feature Engineering for Text representation – Bag of Words
model- Bag of N-Grams model – TF-IDF model.

UNIT II : TEXT CLASSIFICATION 9

Vector Semantics and Embeddings -Word Embeddings - Word2Vec model – Glove

model –FastText model – Overview of Deep Learning models – RNN –
Transformers – Overview of Text summarization and Topic Models

UNIT III: QUESTION ANSWERING AND DIALOGUE SYSTEMS 9

Information retrieval – IR-based question answering – knowledge-based question

answering –language models for QA – classic QA models – chatbots – Design of
dialogue systems -–evaluating dialogue systems

UNIT IV : TEXT-TO-SPEECH SYNTHESIS 9

Overview. Text normalization. Letter-to-sound. Prosody, Evaluation. Signal
processing -Concatenative and parametric approaches, WaveNet and other deep
learning-based TTS systems

UNIT V : AUTOMATIC SPEECH RECOGNITION 9

Speech recognition: Acoustic modelling – Feature Extraction - HMM, HMM-DNN

systems

Total Hours : 45

TEXTBOOK

1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing: An

Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics,
and Speech Recognition”, Third Edition, 2022.

REFERENCES:

1. Dipanjan Sarkar, “Text Analytics with Python: A Practical Real-World

approach to Gaining Actionable insights from your data”, APress,2018.

2. Tanveer Siddiqui, Tiwary U S, “Natural Language Processing and

Information Retrieval”, Oxford University Press, 2008.

3. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana, “Fundamentals

of Speech Recognition” 1st Edition, Pearson, 2009.

4. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural language processing
with Python”,O’REILLY.

201
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Explain existing and emerging deep learning architectures for K3

text and speech processing

CO2 Apply deep learning techniques for NLP tasks, language K5

modelling and machine translation

CO3 Explain coreference and coherence for text processing K4

CO4 Build question-answering systems, chatbots and dialogue

systems

CO5 Apply deep learning models for building speech recognition K3

and text-to-speech systems

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 2 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Assignments Case

Exam Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓

PEC BUSINESS ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 • To understand the Analytics Life Cycle.
• To comprehend the process of acquiring Business Intelligence
• To understand various types of analytics for Business Forecasting
• To model the supply chain management for Analytics.
• To apply analytics for different functions of a business
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS 9
Analytics and Data Science – Analytics Life Cycle – Types of Analytics – Business
Problem Definition – Data Collection – Data Preparation – Hypothesis Generation
– Modeling – Validation and Evaluation – Interpretation – Deployment and
Iteration

UNIT II : BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 9

Data Warehouses and Data Mart - Knowledge Management –Types of Decisions –

Decision Making Process - Decision Support Systems – Business Intelligence –
OLAP – Analytic functions

UNIT III : BUSINESS FORECASTING 9

Introduction to Business Forecasting and Predictive analytics - Logic and Data

Driven Models –Data Mining and Predictive Analysis Modelling –Machine
Learning for Predictive analytics.

UNIT IV : HR & SUPPLY CHAIN ANALYTICS 9

Human Resources – Planning and Recruitment – Training and Development -

Supply chain network - Planning Demand, Inventory and Supply – Logistics –
Analytics applications in HR & Supply Chain - Applying HR Analytics to make a
prediction of the demand for hourly employees for a year.

UNIT V : MARKETING & SALES ANALYTICS 9

Marketing Strategy, Marketing Mix, Customer Behaviour –selling Process – Sales

Planning –Analytics applications in Marketing and Sales - predictive analytics for
customers' behaviour in marketing and sales.

TOTAL HOURS 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. R. Evans James, Business Analytics, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2017

2. R N Prasad, Seema Acharya, Fundamentals of Business Analytics, 2nd

Edition, Wiley, 2016

3. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, 15th edition, PHI,
2016
203
4. VSP RAO, Human Resource Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books, 2010.

5. Mahadevan B, “Operations Management -Theory and Practice”,3rd Edition,

Pearson Education,2018.
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Explain the real world business problems and model with K5
analytical solutions.

CO2: Identify the business processes for extracting Business K4

Intelligence

CO3: Apply predictive analytics for business fore-casting K5

CO4: Apply analytics for supply chain and logistics management K3

CO5: Use analytics for marketing and sales. K3

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 2 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
 PEC IMAGE AND VIDEO ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To understand the basics of image processing techniques for computer vision.

• To learn the techniques used for image pre-processing.

• To discuss the various object detection techniques.

• To understand the various Object recognition mechanisms.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Computer Vision – Image representation and image analysis tasks - Image

representations –digitization – properties – color images – Data structures for Image
Analysis - Levels of image data representation – Traditional and Hierarchical image
data structures.

UNIT II : IMAGE PRE-PROCESSING 9

Local pre-processing - Image smoothing - Edge detectors - Zero-crossings of the

second derivative – Scale in image processing - Canny edge detection - Parametric
edge models – Edges in multi-speralct images - Local pre-processing in the
frequency domain - Line detection by local pre-processing operators - Image
restoration.

UNIT III : OBJECT DETECTION USING MACHINE LEARNING 9

Object detection– Object detection methods – Deep Learning framework for Object
detection– bounding box approach-Intersection over Union (IoU) –Deep Learning
Architectures-R-CNN-Faster R-CNN-You Only Look Once(YOLO)-Salient
features-Loss Functions-YOLO architectures
UNIT IV : FACE RECOGNITION AND GESTURE RECOGNITION 9

Face Recognition-Introduction-Applications of Face Recognition-Process of Face

Recognition-Deep Face solution by Facebook-FaceNet for Face Recognition-
Implementation using FaceNet-Gesture Recognition.

UNIT V : VIDEO ANALYTICS 9

Video Processing – use cases of video analytics-Vanishing Gradient and exploding

gradient problem-RestNet architecture-RestNet and skip connections-Inception
Network-GoogleNet architecture-Improvement in Inception v2-Video analytics-
RestNet and Inception v3.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

205
TEXT BOOK:
1. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing, Analysis,
and Machine Vision”, 4nd edition, Thomson Learning, 2013.

2. Vaibhav Verdhan,(2021, Computer Vision Using Deep Learning Neural

Network Architectures with Python and Keras,Apress 2021(UNIT-III,IV and
V)

REFERENCES

1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer

Verlag London Limited,2011.

2. Caifeng Shan, FatihPorikli, Tao Xiang, Shaogang Gong, “Video Analytics

for Business Intelligence”, Springer, 2012.

4. D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach”, Pearson

Education, 2003.

5. E.R.Davies, (2012), “Computer & Machine Vision”, Fourth Edition,

Academic Press.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the basics of image processing techniques for K2,

computer vision and video analysis. K3

CO2 Explain the techniques used for image pre-processing. K3, K6

CO3 Develop various object detection techniques. K4

CO4 Understand the various face recognition mechanisms. K5

CO5 Elaborate on deep learning-based video analytics. K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 0 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓

PEC COMPUTER VISION 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

➢ To understand the fundamental concepts related to Image formation and

processing.

➢ To learn feature detection, matching and detection

➢ To become familiar with feature based alignment and motion estimation

➢ To develop skills on 3D reconstruction

➢ To understand image based rendering and recognition

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE FORMATION AND PROCESSING 9

Computer Vision - Geometric primitives and transformations - Photometric image

formation – The digital camera - Point operators - Linear filtering - More
neighborhood operators – Fourier transforms - Pyramids and wavelets - Geometric
transformations - Global optimization.
UNITII : FEATUREDETECTION, MATCHING AND SEGMENTATION 9
Points and patches - Edges - Lines - Segmentation - Active contours - Split and
merge – Mean shift and mode finding - Normalized cuts - Graph cuts and energy-
based methods.
UNIT III : FEATURE-BASED ALIGNMENT & MOTION ESTIMATION 9

2D and 3D feature-based alignment - Pose estimation - Geometric intrinsic

calibration -Triangulation – Two-frame structure from motion - Factorization -
Bundle adjustment – Constrained structure and motion - Translational alignment -
Parametric motion - Spline-based motion - Opticalflow - Layered motion.

207
UNIT IV : 3D RECONSTRUCTION 9
Shape from X - Active rangefinding - Surface representations - Point-based
representations-Volumetric representations - Model-based reconstruction -
Recovering texture maps and albedosos..

UNIT V : IMAGE-BASED RENDERING AND RECOGNITION 9

View interpolation Layered depth images - Light fields and Lumigraphs -

Environment mattes -Video- based rendering-Object detection - Face recognition -
Instance recognition – Category recognition – Context and scene understanding-
Recognition databases and test sets.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer-

Texts in Computer Science, Second Edition, 2022.

2. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Pearson

Education, Second Edition, 2015.

REFERENCES:

1. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in

Computer Vision, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.

2. Christopher M. Bishop; Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer,

2006. 3. E. R. Davies, Computer and Machine Vision, Fourth Edition,
Academic Press, 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 To understand basic knowledge, theories and methods in image K3

processing and computer vision.

CO2 To implement basic and some advanced image processing K4

techniques in OpenCV.

CO3 To apply 2D a feature-based based image alignment, segmentation K5

and motion estimations.

CO4 To apply 3D image reconstruction techniques K4

CO5 To design and develop innovative image processing and K4

computer vision applications.
Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

209
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE (BLENDED)
 PEC DATA EXPLORATION AND VISUALIZATION 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

• To understand the basics of Data Explorations and the concepts of Data

visualization

• To explore and apply various data visualization techniques for a variety of

tasks using R language

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO DATA EXPLORATION 12

Introduction to Single variable: Distribution Variables - Numerical Summaries of

Level and Spread - Scaling and Standardizing – Inequality - Smoothing Time Series.

UNIT II : INTRODUCING TWO VARIABLE AND THIRD VARIABLE 12

Relationships between Two Variables - Percentage Tables - Analyzing Contingency

Tables - Handling Several Batches - Scatter plots and Resistant Lines –
Transformations - Introducing a Third Variable - Causal Explanations - Three-
Variable Contingency Tables and Beyond - Longitudinal Data.

UNIT III : BASICS OF DATA VISUALIZATION 12

The Seven Stages of Visualizing Data - Getting Started with Processing - Mapping -
Time Series - Connections and Correlations - Scatter plot Maps - Trees, Hierarchies,
and Recursion - Networks and Graphs – Acquiring Data – Parsing Data

UNIT IV: DATA EXPLORATION AND DATA VISUALIZATION IN R 12

Introduction to R and Studio - The Basics of Data Exploration - Loading Data into R
- Transforming Data - Creating Tidy Data

UNIT V : TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS OF DATA 12

EXPLORATIONAND VISUALIZATION IN R

Basic Data Exploration Techniques – Basic Data Visualization Techniques -

Visualizing Geographic Data with ggmap - R Markdown - Case Study – Wildfire
Activity in the Western United States - Case Study – Single Family Residential
Home and Rental Values

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1. Catherine Marsh, Jane Elliott, Exploring Data: An Introduction to Data

211
 Analysis for Social Scientists, Wiley Publications, 2nd Edition, 2008.

2. Visualizing Data: Exploring and Explaining Data with the processing

Environment, O Reily Publications, 2007

3. Claus.O.Wlike, Fundamentals of Data Visualization, A primer on making

informative and compelling Figures, O’Reily Publications, 2019.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Xiang Zhou, Sean, Yong Rui, Huang, Thomas S., Exploration of Visual
Data, Springer Publications, 2003

2. Eric Pimple, Data Visualization and Exploration with R, Geo Spatial

Training service, 2017

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg09/preview

2. www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-visualization-in-r/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Demonstrate the basic of Data Exploration K3

Analyze the use of univariate and Multivariate Analysis for Data

CO2 K4
Exploration

CO3 Identify the various Data Visualization methods K2

CO4 Apply the concept of Data Visualization on various datasets K3

CO5 Apply the data visualization techniques using R language K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1 3

CO2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 1

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 1
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

AVG 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.4 2.4 - - - - - - - 2.6 2.2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC BIG DATA ANALYTICS 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the need of Hadoop framework to process the Big Data

2. Introduction to theoretical techniques and practical tools used in data analytics

3. Applications in various engineering and scientific domains.

UNIT I : Introduction Big Data and Hadoop Framework 12

Data Storage and Analysis - Characteristics of Big Data – Big Data Analytics -
Typical Analytical Architecture – Requirement for new analytical architecture –
Challenges in Big Data Analytics – Need of big data frameworks, Introduction to
Hadoop ecosystems. Hadoop Framework: Hadoop – Requirement of Hadoop
Framework - Design principle of Hadoop –Comparison with other system - Hadoop
Components –Hadoop Daemon’s – Working with HDFS Commands

UNIT II : Mapreduce Programming 12

Map Reduce working principle, Map Reduce types and formats, MapReduce
features, Combiner optimization,Map side join, Reduce SideJoin, Secondary sorting,
Pipelining MapReduce jobs.

213
UNIT III : R Programming 12
History and overview of R , Install and configuration of R programming
environment , Basic language elements and data structures, Data input/output, Data
storage formats , Subsettingobjects.

UNIT IV : Visualization Using R 12

Vectorization, Control structures, Functions, Scoping Rules, Loop functions, R

Graphs and visualization using lattice, ggplot2

UNIT V : Spark Framework and Data Analysis Models 12

Overview of Spark – Hadoop vs Spark – Cluster Design – ClusterManagement –

performance,Application Programming interface(API): Spark Context, Resilient
Distributed Datasets, Creating RDD,RDD Operations, Saving RDD - Lazy
Operation – Spark Jobs-spark ML library.Association and correlation analysis-
regression models- Predictive analytics - Exploratory analysis. Prescriptive analysis.

TOTAL HOURS 60

Text Book(s)

1. Garrett Grolemund, “Hands-On Programming with R” , O'Reilly Media, Inc,

2014.

2. Seema Acharya, SubhashiniChellapan, “Big Data and Analytics”, Wiley, 2015.

3. Mike Frampton, “Mastering Apache Spark”, Packt Publishing, 2015.

Reference Books

1. Nick Pentreath, Machine Learning with Spark, Packt Publishing, 2015.

2. Donald Miner, Adam Shook, “MapReduce Design Pattern”, O’Reilly, 2012

3. Raj Kamal, PreetiSaxena ,”Big Data Analytics:Introduction to Hadoop,

Spark, and Machine-Learning”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2019.

Web links:

W1:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104189

W2: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106142

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
 CO1 Discuss the challenges and their solutions in Big Data
and work on Hadoop Framework k1

CO2 Understand the concepts of R programming and its

applications. k2

CO3 Implement different statistical methods on sample data

using R Programming library. k5

CO4 Analyse the Big Data using Map-reduce programming in

Both Hadoop and Spark framework. k4

CO5 Demonstrate spark programming with different

programming languages k5

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration

✓ ✓

215
 PEC PYTHON FOR DATA SCIENCE 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives:

• To understand the basic concepts of Python

• To apply the knowledge to use advanced features of python

• To execute statistical analysis of data with NumPy and Pandas .

• To build data visualization in real-world scenarios.

UNIT I : PYTHON BASICS 12

Introduction to Python, Python Interpreter and its working, Syntax and Semantics-
Data Types: Booleans – Numbers – Lists – Tuples – Set – Dictionaries –
Comprehensions – Assignments and Expressions, Control Flow Statements –
Fruitful functions

UNIT II : PYTHON: ADVANCED FEATURES 12

Handling text files - Reading and Writing files- format operator-command line
arguments - Exception Handling -- Modules -Strings and Regular Expressions.

UNIT III : NUMPY IN PYTHON 12

Introduction to Numpy-Data Types-NumPy array in Python-NumPy Ndarray- Array

indexing- NumPy String Functions-Numpy ufunc-Statistical Functions Case Study

UNIT IV : PANDAS IN PYTHON 12

Pandas Introduction-Pandas Data Structures- -Series-DataFrame- Accessing and

Changing values of Data Frames- Pandas Data Operations-Indexing-Cleaning data-
Pandas plotting –Case study

UNIT V : MATPLOTLIB: VISUALIZATION PYTHON 12

Introduction to Matplotlib-pyplot-plot types-Matplotlib Plotting-Subplot- Matplotlib

Three Dimensional Plotting-Case study

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1. Mark Lutz, “Learning Python”, O Reily, 4thEdition, 2009, ISBN: 978-0-596

15806-4,5th edition, 2013

2. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley

 Publications, 2017. (Chapters 1–7 for Units II and III)

3. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016. (Parts

of chapters 2–4 for Units IV and V)

4. Fabio Nelli, “Python Data Analytics: With Pandas, NumPy, and

Matplotlib”, Apress,2018.

Reference Books

1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green Tea
Press, 2014.

2. Magnus Lie Hetland , “Beginning Python: From Novice to Professional”, 3rd

Edition, 2013

Weblink

Numpy, Matplotlib and Pandas :

https://python- course.eu/books/bernd_klein_python_data_analysis_a4.pdf

https://python-course.eu/python_and_machine_learning.pdf

CO1: Understand the basic concepts of Python K1

CO2: Apply the knowledge to use advanced features of python K3

Demonstrate the skills with statistical analysis of data using

CO3: K4
NumPy

CO4: Ability to analyse the data operations using Pandas K3

Build visualizations of many different kinds of datasets using

CO5: K5
MATPLOTLIB

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 3 -

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 3 1 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 1 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

217
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments

Exams
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation
✓ ✓

PEC NOSQL DATABASE 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

• To explore the origins of NoSQL databases and the characteristics that

distinguish them from traditional relational database management systems

• To understand the architectures and common features of the main types of

NoSQL databases (key-value stores, document databases, column-family
stores, graph databases)

• To discuss the criteria that decision makers should consider when choosing
between relational and non-relational databases and techniques for selecting
the NoSQL database that best addresses specific use cases

UNIT I : NOSQL DATA ARCHITECTURE PATTERNS 12

NoSQL Data model: Aggregate Models- Document Data Model- Key-Value Data
Model- Columnar Data Model, Graph Based Data Model Graph Data Model,
NoSQL system ways to handle big data problems, Moving Queries to data, not data
to the query, hash rings to distribute the data on clusters, replication

to scale reads, Database distributed queries to Data nodes.

UNIT II : KEY VALUE DATA STORES 12

From array to key value databases, Essential features of key value Databases,
Properties of keys, Characteristics of Values, Key-Value Database Data Modeling
Terms, Key-Value Architecture and implementation Terms, Designing Structured
Values, Limitations of Key- Value Databases, Design Patterns for Key-Value
Databases, Case Study: Key-Value Databases for Mobile Application Configuration
UNIT III : DOCUMENT ORIENTED DATABASE 12
Document, Collection, Naming, CRUD operation, querying, indexing, Replication,
Sharding, Consistency Implementation: Distributed consistency, Eventual
Consistency, Capped Collection, Case studies: document oriented database: Mongo
DB and/or Cassandra

UNIT IV : COLUMNAR DATA MODEL 12

Data warehousing schemas: Comparison of columnar and row-oriented storage,

Column-store Architectures: C-Store and Vector-Wise, Column-store internals and,
Inserts/updates/deletes, Indexing, Adaptive Indexing and Database Cracking.
Advanced techniques: Vectorized Processing, Compression, Write penalty,
Operating Directly on Compressed Data Late Materialization Joins , Group-by,
Aggregation and Arithmetic Operations, Case Studies

UNIT V : DATA MODELING WITH GRAPH 12

Comparison of Relational and Graph Modeling, Property Graph Model Graph

Analytics: Link analysis algorithm- Web as a graph, Page Rank- Markov chain, page
rank computation, Topic specific page rank (Page Ranking Computation techniques:
iterative processing, Random walk distribution Querying Graphs: Introduction to
Cypher, case study: Building a Graph Database Application- community detection

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1 Christopher D.manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, Hinrich Schutze, An

introduction to Information Retrieval, Cambridge University Press

2 Daniel Abadi, Peter Boncz and Stavros Harizopoulas, The Design and
Implementation of Modern Column-Oriented Database Systems, Now
Publishers.

Reference Books:

1 Guy Harrison, Next Generation Database: NoSQL and big data, Apress

Web Links:

1 https://www.mongodb.com/

2 https://university.mongodb.com/

3 https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/nosql-databases

4 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/nosql-databases/introduction-to-nosql-
VdRNp

219
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Differentiate and identify right database models for real time K4
applications

CO2 Outline Key value architecture and characteristics K2

CO3 Design Schema and implement CRUD operations, distributed K6

data operations

CO4 Compare data ware housing schemas and implement various K4

column store internals

CO5 Develop Application with Graph Data model K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO5 1 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PEC GAME PROGRAMMING 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

• To provide an in-depth introduction to technologies and techniques currently

used in the game industry
 • To understand game design and development

• To understand the processes, mechanics, issues in game design, and game

engine development

• To understand modeling, techniques, handling situations, and logic

• To build and then integrate technologies such as multimedia, artificial

intelligence, and physics modeling into a cohesive, interactive game
application.
UNIT I : Introduction to Game Programming & Game engine architecture 12

Overview of game programming -Structure of a typical game team - game industry -

game engine history -Real Time Game Architecture - Engine Support: Subsystem
Start-Up and Shut-Down - Memory Management - Containers and Strings -
Resource Management: File System, Resource Manager.

UNIT II : Basics of 2D & 3D Graphics and Mathematics in Gaming &

Rendering engine 12

2D Graphics: Sprites, Tiled Images and Backgrounds - 3D Graphics: 3D Graphics

Pipeline, 3D Math, Coordinates and Coordinate Systems - Quaternion Mathematics -
Transformations & Geometry - The Rendering Engine: Triangle Rasterization, The
Rendering Pipeline

UNIT III : Lighting and Texturing Effects in game environment 12

Ray Tracing - Lighting in Computer Graphics - Types of Light Sources - Light

Models - Materials: Lambert Diffuse, Phong - Bump Mapping - Lighting Technique:
Point Lights, Bloom - Shadows in Games: Real- Time Versus Preprocessed
Shadows, Types of Shadows, Texture mapping techniques - Special Effects:
Blurring, Particle Systems, Weapon Effects

UNIT IV : Introduction to Artificial Intelligence in Game 12

Why Games for Artificial Intelligence - Why Artificial Intelligence for Games -
Game AI Panorama: Methods (Computer) Perspective, End User (Human)
Perspective, Player-Game Interaction Perspective.

UNIT V : Solving search problems for Game move prediction and

optimization using AI 12

Tree Search: Uninformed Search, Best-First Search, Minimax, Monte Carlo Tree
Search - Evolutionary Algorithms - Supervised Learning: Artificial Neural
Networks, Support Vector Machines.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

221
TEXT BOOKS:

1: Game Engine Architecture, 3rd Edition, Jason Gregory, A K Peters, 2019. 2:

Palmer G. Physics for game programmers. Berkeley: Apress; 2005

3: Artificial Intelligence and Games, Georgios N. Yannakakis and Julian Togelius,

January 26, 2018, Springer

REFERENCES:

1: Sherrod A. Game Graphic Programming. Cengage Learning; 2008.

2: McShaffry M. Game coding complete. Nelson Education; 2014

3: Akenine-Mo, T., Haines, E. and Hoffman, N., 2018. Real-time rendering

Web Links:

1: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge32/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand the basics of Game Programming and Game

CO1 K2
Engine Architecture

CO2 Develop 2D and 3D Images using Mathematical coordinates K4

Apply various Lighting and Texturing Effects in game

CO3 K3
environment

CO4 Extend the Game Programming using Artificial Intelligence K2

Solve search problems for Game move prediction and

CO5 K6
optimization using AI

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - 3 2 3

CO4 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 - -- - - 3 2 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation book test

PEC ROBOTICS AND ITS APPLICATION 3 0 2 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand the basic concepts associated with the design, functioning,

applications and social aspects of robots

2. To study about the electrical drive systems and sensors used in robotics for
various applications

3. To learn about analyzing robot kinematics, dynamics through different

methodologies and study various design aspects of robot arm manipulator and
end-effector

4. To learn about various motion planning techniques and the associated control
architecture

5. To understand the implications of AI and other trending concepts of robotics.

UNIT I : FOUNDATION 12

Introduction – Brief history – Definition – Anatomy – Types – Classification –

Specification and need based applications – Role and need of robots for the
immediate problems of the society – Future of mankind and automation-ethical
issues – Industrial scenario local and global – Case studies on mobile robot research
platform and industrial serial arm manipulator.

UNIT II : BUILDING BLOCKS OF A ROBOT 12

Types of electric motors : DC – Servo – Stepper; Specification – Drives for motors –

Speed & direction control and circuitry – Selection criterion for actuators – Direct
drives – Non-traditional actuators - Sensors for localization – Navigation – Obstacle
avoidance and path planning in known and unknown environments – Optical –
Inertial – Thermal – Chemical – Biosensor – Other common sensors – Case study on
choice of sensors and actuators for maze solving robot and self driving cars.

223
UNIT III : KINEMATICS, DYNAMICS AND DESIGN OF ROBOTS &
END-EFFECTORS 12

Robot kinematics – Geometric approach for 2R, 3R manipulators – homogenous

transformation using D- H representation – Kinematics of WMR – Lagrangian
formulation for 2R robot dynamics – Mechanical design aspects of a 2R
manipulator, WMR – End-effector : Common types and design case study.

UNIT IV : NAVIGATION, PATH PLANNING AND CONTROL

ARCHITECTURE 12

Mapping & Navigation – SLAM, Path planning for serial manipulators – Types of
control architectures – Cartesian control – Force control and hybrid position/force
control – Behaviour based control – Application of Neural network, fuzzy logic,
optimization algorithms for navigation problems – Programming methodologies of a
robot.

UNIT V : AI AND OTHER RESEARCH TRENDS IN ROBOTICS 12

Application of Machine learning – AI – Expert systems – Tele-robotics and Virtual

reality – Micro &Nanorobots – Unmanned vehicles – Cognitive robotics –
Evolutionary robotics – Humanoids.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

TEXT BOOKS

1. Saeed B Niku, “Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, System, Applications”,

Pearson educations, 2002.

2. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous

Mobile Robots”, MIT Press, 2011.

REFERENCES

1. Richard David Klafter, Thomas A Chmielewski, Michael Negin, “Robotic

engineering: An Integrated Approach”, Prentice Hall, 1989.

2. Craig, J J, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, 2nd Edition,

Addison-Wesley, 1989.

3. K S Fu, R C Gonzalez and C S G Lee, “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and

Intelligence”, McGraw-Hill, 1987.

4. Wesley E Snyder R, “Industrial Robots, Computer Interfacing and Control”,

Prentice Hall International Edition, 1988.

5. Robin Murphy, “Introduction to AI Robotics”, MIT Press, 2000.

Weblinks: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_me39/preview
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the concepts of industrial robots K2

CO2 Examine different sensors and actuators for applications like K2

maze solving and self driving cars

CO3 Design a 2R robot & an end-effector and solve the K3

kinematics and dynamics of motion for robots

CO4 Understand the navigation and path planning techniques for K2

robot motion planning

CO5 Understand the impact and progress of AI in the field of K2

robotics

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - 3 3 -

CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation book test

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

225
 PEC CONCEPTS OF VIRTUAL AND AUGMENTED 3 0 2 4
REALITY

Course Objectives

• To learn about the principles and multidisciplinary features of virtual reality.

• To study the technology for multimodal user interaction and perception in VR, in
particular the visual, audial and haptic interface and behavior.

• To teach students the technology for managing large scale VR environment f

ramework devel opment tools in realtime.

UNIT I : Virtual reality and virtual environments: 12

The historical development of VR, scientific landmarks computer graphics, real-time

computer graphics, virtual environments, requirements for VR, benefits of virtual reality.
Hardware technologies for 3D user interfaces: visual displays, auditory displays, hap tic
displays, choosing output devices for 3D user interfaces.

UNIT II : 3D user interface input hardware and Software technologies: 12

Input device characteristics, desktop input devices, tracking devices, 3d mice, special
purpose input devices, direct human input, home - brewed input devices, choosing input
devices for 3D interfaces. Software technologies: database - world space, world
coordinate, world environment, objects - geometry, position / orientation, hierarchy,
bounding volume, scripts and other attributes, VR environment - VR database, tessellated
data, LODs, Cullers and Occluders, lights and cameras, scripts, VR toolkits, available
software in the market.
UNIT III : 3D interaction techniques: 12

3D manipulation tasks, interaction techniques for 3D manipulation, design guidelines –

3D travel tasks, travel techniques, design guidelines - theoretical foundations of
wayfinding, user centered wayfinding support, environment centered wayfinding
support, evaluating wayfinding aids, design guidelines - system control, classification,
graphical menus, voice commands, Gestrual commands, tools, multimodal system
control techniques, design guidelines.

UNIT IV : Advances in 3D user interfaces: 12

3D user interfaces for the real world, AR interfaces as3D data browsers, 3D augmented
reality interfaces, augmented surfaces and tangible interfaces, agents in AR, transitional
AR-VR interfaces - 3d interaction techniques, 3d UI design and development, 3D UI
evaluation and other issues.
UNIT V Virtual reality applications: 12

Engineering, architecture, education, medicine, entertainment, science,

training.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1. Paul Mealy, Virtual & Augmented Reality for Dummies, John Wiley & Sons.

2. Alan B Craig, William R Sherman and Jeffrey D Will, “Developing Virtual

RealityApplications: Foundations of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann.

Reference Books:

1. Gerard Jounghyun Kim, “Designing Virtual Systems: The Structured

Approach”.

2. Doug A Bowman, Ernest Kuijff, Joseph J LaViola, Jr and Ivan Poupyrev, “3D
UserInterfaces, Theory and Practice”, Addison Wesley, USA

Web Links:

1. https://edu.gcfglobal.org/en/thenow/understanding-virtual-reality-and-
augmented-reality

2. https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/tech-tips-and-tricks/virtual-reality-
vs-augmented- reality.html

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Articulate the historical development of VR and design of visual K3
displays.

CO2 Integrating the 3D user interface input hardware and Software K3

technologies

CO3 Hypothesizing the interaction techniques for 3D manipulation, K5

design guidelines

CO4 Implement the AR-VR interfaces in 3d UI interaction techniques K3

CO5 Mind mapping the view of Virtual reality applications in K4

Engineering, architecture, entertainment.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

227
CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

PEC EMBEDDED SYSTEMS FOR INTERNET OF 3 0 2 4

THINGS

Course Objectives

• Comprehend the basic concepts, architecture and design components of

embedded systems and IOT devices

• Synthesize design platforms used for an embedded system to incorporate IOT

applications.

• Apply the concepts of embedded system design and IOT to resolve real time
issues and develop new cloud based or web based IOT applications..

UNIT 1 : BASICS OF IOT 12

Purpose and requirement specification, IOT level specification, Functional view

specification, Operational view specification, Device and component integration, Pillars
of Embedded IOT and Physical Devices: The internet of devices.
UNIT 2 : DESIGN OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 12

Common Sensors, Actuators, Embedded Processors, Memory Architectures,

Software architecture.

UNIT 3 : INPUTS AND OUTPUTS 12

Digital Inputs and Outputs, Digital Inputs, Digital Outputs, BusIn, BusOut, and
BusInOut, Analog Inputs and Outputs, Analog Inputs, Analog Outputs, Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM), Accelerometer and Magnetometer, SD Card, Local File System
(LPC1768).

UNIT 4 : IOT ENABLING TECHNOLOGIES 12

Communications, RFID and NFC (Near‐ Field Communication), Bluetooth Low Energy
(BLE), LiFi, 6LowPAN, ZigBee, Z‐ Wave, LoRa, Protocols, HTTP, WebSocket, MQTT,
CoAP, XMPP, Node‐ RED, Platforms, IBM Watson IoT—Bluemix, Eclipse IoT, AWS
IoT, Microsoft Azure IoT Suite, Google Cloud IoT, ThingWorx, GE Predix, Xively,
macchina.io, Carriots, Exemplary Device: Raspberry Pi, About the Board, Linux on
Raspberry Pi, Raspberry Pi Interfaces.

UNIT 5 : WEB OF THINGS AND CLOUD OF THINGS 12

Web of Things versus Internet of Things, Two Pillars of the Web, Architecture
Standardization for WoT, Platform Middleware for WoT, Cloud of Things. IoT Physical
Servers, Cloud Offerings and IoT Case Studies: Introduction to Cloud Storage Models,
Communication API, Logical design using Python.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Book(s)

1. RMD Sundaram Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, Internet of

Things, John Wiley and Sons.

2. Klaus Elk, “Embedded Software for the IoT”.

Reference Book(s)

1. Perry Xiao, “Designing Embedded Systems and the Internet of Things (IoT)
with the ARM Mbed”.

2. Elizabeth Gootman et. al, “Designing Connected Products”, Shroff

Publisher/O’Reilly Publisher.

3. Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace,
O’Reilly (SPD), 2014, ISBN: 9789350239759

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/128108016
229
 COURSE OUTCOMES

Demonstrate the embedded system concepts and architecture of

CO1 K3
embedded systems

Identify different software techniques for microcontroller‐based K3

CO2 embedded systems
Analyze different hardware input and output methods in embedded
CO3 K5
systems

CO4 Identify various techniques and methods used in IOT K3

Develop novel IOT Applications in web/cloud based to solve real-

CO5 K4
time issues

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO 1 PO2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO1 0 PO1 1 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 2 2 3 2 2
3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 - - - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO4 3 - - - - - - - -
2 3 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✓
 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 3003

Course Objective:
• To introduce the difference between embedded systems and general purpose
systems.
• To learn how to optimize hardware designs of custom single-purpose processors.
• To study the different approaches in optimizing general-purpose processors and to
introduce different peripheral interfaces to embedded systems.
• To understand the design tradeoffs made by different models of embedded systems

UNIT I EMBEDDED COMPUTING 9

Challenges of Embedded Systems – Embedded system design process. Embedded
processors – 8051 Microcontroller-Architecture-memory organization- ARM architecture-
processor –product code description- main features of Instruction sets - programming.
UNIT II MEMORY AND INPUT / OUTPUT MANAGEMENT 9
Programming Input and Output – Issues in IO Management- IO Organization -Memory
system mechanisms – Memory devices and Input and output devices- memory interfacing
– Interrupts handling- Issues in Handling Interrupts- Identifying the source of interrupt.

UNIT III PROCESSES AND OPERATING SYSTEMS 9

Multiple tasks and processes – Context switching – Scheduling policies – Inter process
communication-IPC unicast and multicast-message passing- Cooperating Processes –
purpose of IPC-inter process methods-inter process mechanisms – Performance issues.
UNIT IV EMBEDDED SOFTWARE 9
Programming embedded systems in assembly and C – Meeting real time constraints –
Multi-state systems and function sequences.-functional characteristics-functional
description-Embedded software development tools – Emulators and debuggers.
UNIT V EMBEDDED SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT 9
Design issues and techniques – Control System Modeling and Design- embedded system
development experience- Exemplary embedded system- Embedded system development
methodology-Electronic Design and Analysis -Case studies – Complete design of example
embedded systems.

TOTAL: 45 h
231
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer System
Design”, Elsevier, Third Edition, 2012.
2. Michael J. Pont, “Embedded C”, Pearson Education , Second Edition, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Steve Heath, “Embedded System Design”, Elsevier, Second Edition, 2005.
2. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi and Rolin D. McKinlay, “The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”, Pearson Education, Second edition, 2007.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

CO1 Explain the characteristics and components of Embedded K2

systems, their design tools and applications.
Apply the fundamentals of digital system design and
CO2 programming skills to develop Microcontroller based K3
embedded applications.
CO3 Understand the design life cycle of embedded applications. K2

CO4 Design real time embedded systems using the concepts of K2

RTOS.
CO5 Analyze various examples of embedded systems based on K3
ATOM processor.

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 3003

Course Objective:
To enable students to understand the fundamental economic concepts applicable to
engineering and to learn the techniques of incorporating inflation factor in economic
decision making.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 9

Introduction to Economics- Flow in an economy, Law of supply and demand, Concept of
Engineering Economics – Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of
engineering economics – Element of costs, Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost,
Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis – V ratio, Elementary economic Analysis – Material
selection for product Design selection for a product, Process planning.
UNIT II VALUE ENGINEERING 9
Make or buy decision, Value engineering – Function, aims, Value engineering procedure.
Interest formulae and their applications –Time value of money, Single payment compound
amount factor, Single payment present worth factor, Equal payment series sinking fund
factor, Equal payment series payment Present worth factor- equal payment series capital
recovery factor – Uniform gradient series annual equivalent factor, Effective interest rate,
Examples in all the methods.

UNIT III CASH FLOW 9

Methods of comparison of alternatives – present worth method (Revenue dominated cash
flow diagram), Future worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram, cost
dominated cash flow diagram), Annual equivalent method (Revenue dominated cash flow
diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), rate of return method, Examples in all the
methods.

UNIT IV REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE ANALYSIS 9

Replacement and Maintenance analysis – Types of maintenance, types of
replacement problem, determination of economic life of an asset, Replacement of an asset
with a new asset – capital recovery with return and concept of challenger and defender,
Simple probabilistic model for items which fail completely.

UNIT V DEPRECIATION 9
Depreciation- Introduction, Straight line method of depreciation, declining balance
method of depreciation-Sum of the years digits method of depreciation, sinking fund
method of depreciation/ Annuity method of depreciation, service output method of
depreciation-Evaluation of public alternatives- introduction, Examples, Inflation adjusted
decisions – procedure to adjust inflation, Examples on comparison of alternatives and
determination of economic life of asset.

TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. Panneer Selvam, R, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, New
Delhi, 2001.

233
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chan S.Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
2. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, “Engineering Economics and analysis” Engg.
Press, Texas, 2010.
3. Degarmo, E.P., Sullivan, W.G and Canada, J.R, “Engineering Economy”, Macmillan,
New York, 2011.
4. Zahid A khan: Engineering Economy, “Engineering Economy”, Dorling Kindersley,
2012

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
To enable students to understand the fundamental economic
CO1 concepts applicable to engineering and to learn the techniques of
K5
incorporating inflation factor in economic decision making.
Apply the appropriate engineering economics analysis method(s)
CO2
for problem solving K3
Evaluate the cost effectiveness of individual engineering projects
CO3 using the methods learned and draw inferences for the investment
K4,K5
decisions.
Compare the cost effectiveness of multiple projects using the
CO4 methods learned, and make a quantitative decision between
K3
alternate facilities and/or systems.
Apply all mathematical approach models covered in solving
engineering economics problems: mathematical formulas, interest
CO5
factors from tables, Excel functions and graphs. Estimate K6
reasonableness of the results.

FUNDAMENTALS OF NANO SCIENCE 3003

Course Objective:
• To learn the basic concepts of nano science and nanotechnology and their
applications in various fields of Science and Engineering.
 • To understand the scope of nano materials potential use in products
manufactured by various industries.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Nanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics, Chemistry, Biology and
Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particles- quantum
dots,nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials. Length Scales involved and effect on
properties: Mechanical, Electronic, Optical, Magnetic and Thermal properties. Introduction
to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only).

UNIT II PREPARATION METHODS 9

Bottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach: Precipitation, Mechanical Milling, Colloidal
routes, Self-assembly, Vapour phase deposition, MOCVD, Sputtering, Evaporation,
Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Atomic Layer Epitaxy, MOMBE.

UNIT III PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES 9

Introduction to optical/UV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes-
transmission of mask feture-lithography electron range-steps in the mask fabrication-steps in
photo lithography- Wet etching, dry (Plasma /reactive ion) etching, Etch resists-dip pen
lithography
UNIT IV PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS 9
Clean rooms: specifications and design, air and water purity, requirements for particular
processes, Vibration free environments: Services and facilities required. Working practices,
sample cleaning, Chemical purification, chemical and biological contamination, Safety
issues, flammable and toxic hazards, biohazards.
UNIT V CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES 9
X-ray diffraction technique, Scanning Electron Microscopy - environmental techniques,
Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging, Surface Analysis
techniques- AFM, SPM, STM, SNOM, ESCA, SIMS-Nano indentations.
TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A.S. Edelstein and R.C. Cammearata, eds., Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and
Applications, Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol and Philadelphia, 1998.
2. N John Dinardo, Nanoscale charecterisation of surfaces & Interfaces, Second edition,
235
Weinheim Cambridge, Wiley-VCH, 2008
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. G Timp (Editor), Nanotechnology, AIP press/Springer, 2012
2. Akhlesh Lakhtakia,The Hand Book of Nano Technology, “Nanometer Structure”,
Theory, Modeling and Simulations. Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Relate thermodynamic concepts of nanoparticles. K1
CO2 Discuss properties of nanoparticles. K2
CO3 Interpret applications of nanosystems. K6
CO4 Illustrate characterization techniques used in nanosystem. K3
Compare physical & chemical synthesis procedures of
CO5 K2
nanosystems.

GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3003

Course Objective
• To identify, manipulate and analyze spatial data using state-of-the-art software
• To understand and interpret data in different ways that reveal relationships
• To analyse the patterns and trends in the form of maps, globes, reports, and charts.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF GIS 9

What is GIS – Introduction Defining GIS – Components of a GIS – Spatial data –
Introduction - Maps and their influence on the character of spatial data – Other sources of
spatial data
UNIT II SPATIAL DATA MODELING 9
Introduction – Entity definition – Spatial data models – Spatial data structures – Modeling
surfaces – Modeling networks – Building computer networks – Modeling the third
dimension –modeling the fourth dimension - Attribute data management - Introduction –
Why choose a databaseapproach? - Database data models – Creating a database – GIS
database applications – Developments in databases
UNIT III DATA INPUT AND EDITING 9
Introduction – Methods of data input –Data editing – Towards an integrated database - Data
analysis: Introduction – Measurements in GIS – lengths, perimeters and areas – Queries –
Reclassification – Buffering and neighborhood functions – Integrating data –map overlay –
Spatial interpolation – Network analysis.
UNIT IV ANALYTICAL MODELING IN GIS 9
Introduction – process models – Modeling physical and environmental processes –
Modeling human Processes –Modeling the decision – making process – Problems with
using GIS to model spatial processes - Output: from new maps to enhanced decisions:
Introduction – Maps as output – Non-cartographic output – Spatial multimedia –
Mechanisms of delivery – GIS and spatial decision support
UNIT V ISSUES IN GIS 9
The development of computer methods for handling spatial data – Introduction – Handling
spatial data manually – The development of computer methods for handling spatial data –
The development of GIS - Data quality issues – Introduction –Describing data quality and
errors sources of errors in GIS
TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ian Heywood, Sarah Cornelius and Steve carver, “Introduction to geographical
information systems”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. DeMers, M.N., “Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems”, 3rdEdition, Wiley
Press, 2009.
2. Lo C.P. and Yeung, A.K.W.,“Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information
Systems”, Prentice Hall, 2002.

Course
Description Knowledge
Outcome Level
To identify, manipulate and analyze spatial data using state-of-
CO1 K4
the-art software
To understand and interpret data in different ways that reveal
CO2 K5
relationships
To analyse the patterns and trends in the form of maps, globes,
CO3 K3
reports, and charts.
To explain the components and functionality of a GIS and the
CO4 K4
differences between GIS and other information systems
To understand the nature of geographic information and explain
CO5 K6
how it is stored in computer (including map projection)

237
 HIGH SPEED NETWORKS 3003

Course Objective:
• To understand the basis of ATM and Frame relay concepts.
• To learn the various types of LAN’s and to know about their applications and
techniques involved to support real-time traffic and congestion control in ATM.
• To understand the basis of ISA queuing discipline.

UNIT I HIGH SPEED NETWORKS 9

Frame Relay Networks – Asynchronous transfer mode – ATM Protocol Architecture, ATM
logical Connection – ATM Cell – ATM Service Categories – AAL. High Speed LAN’s:
Fast Ethernet – Gigabit Ethernet– Fibre Channel – Wireless LAN’s, WiFi and WiMax
Networks applications, requirements – Architecture of 802.11.

UNIT II CONGESTION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 8

Queuing Analysis – Queuing Models – Single Server Queues – Effects of Congestion –
Congestion Control – Traffic Management – Congestion Control in Packet Switching
Networks – Frame Relay Congestion Control.

UNIT III TCP AND ATM CONGESTION CONTROL 11

TCP Flow control – TCP Congestion Control – Retransmission – Timer Management –
Exponential RTO backoff – KARN’s Algorithm – Window management – Performance of
TCP over ATM. Traffic and Congestion control in ATM – Requirements – Attributes –
Traffic Management Frame work, Traffic Control – ABR traffic Management – ABR rate
control, RM cell formats – ABR Capacity allocations – GFR traffic management.

UNIT IV INTEGRATED AND DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES 8

Integrated Services Architecture – Approach, Components, Services- Queuing Discipline –
FQ – PS – BRFQ – GPS – WFQ – Random Early Detection – Differentiated Services.

UNIT V PROTOCOLS FOR QOS SUPPORT 9

RSVP – Goals & Characteristics, Data Flow, RSVP operations – Protocol Mechanisms –
Multiprotocol Label Switching – Operations, Label Stacking – Protocol details – RTP –
Protocol Architecture – Data Transfer Protocol– RTCP.
TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOK:
1. William Stallings, “High speed networks and internet”, Second Edition, Pearson
Education, 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Warland, Pravin Varaiya, “High performance communication networks”, Second Edition
, Jean Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2001.
2. Irvan Pepelnjk, Jim Guichard, Jeff Apcar, “MPLS and VPN architecture”, Cisco Press,
Volume 1 and 2, 2003.
3. Abhijit S. Pandya, Ercan Sea, “ATM Technology for Broad Band Telecommunication
Networks”, CRC Press, New York, 2004.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Understanding the basis of ATM and Frame relay concepts. K6
To learn the various types of LAN’s and to know about their
CO2 applications and techniques involved to support real-time traffic K5
and congestion control in ATM.
CO3 To understand the basis of ISA queuing discipline. K5
CO4 Understanding the Integrated Services Architecture K3
CO5 Analyzing the protocols for QoS support K4

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 3003

Course Objective:
• To know how to protect the rights of the university, its innovators, inventors,
research sponsors and the public.
• To learn how to eliminate the infringement, improper exploitation and abuse of the
university's intellectual assets.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction – Invention and Creativity – Intellectual Property (IP) – Importance –Need for
239
IPR- Protection of IPR - IPR in India – Genesis and Development IPR in abroad - some
important examples of IPR – Basic types of property (i). Movable Property - Immovable
Property and - Intellectual Property- Competing Rationales for Protection of Intellectual
Property Rights

UNIT II APPLICATIONS OF IP 9
IP – Patents- Procedure for Opposition- Revocation of Patents - Ownership and
Maintenance of Patents- Assignment and licensing of Patents – Copyrights and related
rights – Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration – Definitions –
Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits –Protection of Geographical Indications at
national and International levels – Application Procedures -

UNIT III IP ESSENTIALS 9

International convention relating to Intellectual Property – Establishment of WIPO –Mission
and Activities – History – General Agreement on Trade and Tariff (GATT) –TRIPS
Agreement- Copyright and Related Rights- Trademarks - Geographical Indications -
Industrial Designs - Layout-Designs (Topographies) of Integrated Circuits - Protection of
Undisclosed- The text of the TRIPS Agreement.

UNIT IV GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE 9

Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies – Economics of intellectual property- Other
intellectual property conventions - Indian IPR legislations – commitments to WTO-Patent
Ordinance and the Bill – Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy –Present against
unfair competition- TRIPS work in the WTO - WTO bodies - IPR Enforcement - Global
Value of Digital Piracy.
UNIT V TRENDS IN IP 9
Case Studies on – Patents (Basumati rice, turmeric, Neem, etc.) – Copyright and related
rights – Trade Marks – Industrial design and Integrated circuits – Geographic indications–
Protection against unfair competition- India’s IP regime –Development- Legislation-
International Searching Authority and International Preliminary Examining Authority- IPR
on Internet.
TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOK:
 1. Subbaram N.R. “Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice “, S. Viswanathan
Printers and Publishers Pvt. 3rd Edition 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Eli Whitney, United States Patent Number: 72X, Cotton Gin, 2004.
2. Intellectual Property Today: Volume 8, No. 5, 2006, [www.iptoday.com].
3. Using the Internet for non-patent prior art searches, Derwent IP Matters, July 2000.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Apply the basics of the four primary forms of intellectual
CO1 K4
property rights.
Determine the compare and contrast the different forms of
CO2 intellectual property protection in terms of their key differences K5
and similarities.
Analyze, assess and critique some basic theoretical justifications
CO3 K6
for each form of intellectual property protection.
Identify, apply and assess principles of law relating to each of
CO4 K6
these areas of intellectual property
Analyze the effects of intellectual property rights on society as a
CO5 K6
whole.

MOBILE ADHOC NETWORKS 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
• To understand the design issues in ad hoc networks.
• To learn the different types of MAC protocols.
• To be familiar with different types of ad hoc routing protocols.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Adhoc networks – definition, characteristics advantages and disadvantages,
features, applications. Characteristics of Wireless channel, nodes, power saving mechanism,
Adhoc Mobility Models:– Indoor and outdoor models.
241
UNIT II MEDIUM ACCESS PROTOCOLS 9
MAC Protocols: design issues, goals and classification. Contention based protocols– with
reservation, scheduling algorithms, protocols using directional antennas. IEEE standards:
802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.15. HIPERLAN.

UNIT III NETWORK PROTOCOLS 9

Routing Protocols: Design issues, goals and classification. Proactive Vs reactive routing,
Unicast routing algorithms, Multicast routing algorithms, hybrid routing algorithm, Energy
aware routing algorithm, Hierarchical Routing, QoS aware routing.

UNIT IV END TO END DELIVERY AND SECURITY 9

Transport layer: Issues in designing – Transport layer classification, Adhoc transport
protocols. Security issues in Adhoc networks: issues and challenges, types of network
security attacks, various, Types of secure routing protocols.

UNIT V CROSS LAYER DESIGN AND INTEGRATION OF ADHOC FOR 4G 9

Introduction to Cross layer Design: Need for cross layer design, cross layer optimization,
parameter optimization techniques, Cross layer cautionary perspective. Integration of adhoc
with Mobile IP networks.

TOTAL: 45 h

TEXT BOOKS:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy and B. S. Manoj, Ad hoc Wireless Networks Architectures and
protocols, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2007
2. Charles E. Perkins, Ad hoc Networking, Addison – Wesley, 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Stefano Basagni, Marco Conti, Silvia Giordano and Ivan stojmenovic, Mobile adhoc
networking, Wiley– IEEE press, 2004.
2. Mohammad Ilyas, The handbook of adhoc wireless networks, CRC press, 2002.
3. T. Camp, J. Boleng, and V. Davies “A Survey of Mobility Models for Ad Hoc Network
Research,” Wireless Commun. and Mobile Comp., Special Issue on Mobile Ad Hoc
Networking Research, Trends and Applications, vol. 2, no. 5, 2002, pp. 483–502.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Assess the characteristics, advantages, disadvantages, features
CO1 K5
and applications of Mobile Adhoc networks
Explain various MAC protocols used in adhoc networks, IEEE
CO2 K4
and MAC
CO3 Distinguish the various types of routing protocols K4
Classify Transport layer, Adhoc transport protocols and Security
CO4 K4
issues in Adhoc networks
Explain cross layer optimization, parameter optimization
CO5 K4
techniques

NEURAL NETWORKS 3003

Course Objective:
• To understand the basics of ANN and comparison with Human brain
• To study about various methods of representing information in ANN
• To learn various architectures of building an ANN and its applications
• To understand the Pattern classification and Pattern Association techniques

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Definition of ANN-Biological Neural Networks-Applications of ANN-Typical
Architectures-Setting the weights-Common Activation functions-Development ofNeural
Networks-McCulloch-Pitts Neuron

UNIT II SIMPLE NEURAL NETS FOR PATTERN CLASSIFICATION 9

General discussion - Hebb net – Perceptron- Adaline - Backpropagation neural net-
Architecture- Delta Learning Rule Algorithm-Applications
UNIT III PATTERN ASSOCIATION 9
Training Algorithm for Pattern Association-Heteroassociative memory neural network
applications-Autoassociative net-Iterative Autoassociative net- Bidirectional Associative
Memory-Applications
243
UNIT IV NEURAL NETS BASED ON COMPETITION 9
Fixed Weights Competitve Nets- Kohonen’s Self-Organizing Map –Applications-Learning
Vector Quantization-Applications-Counter Propagation Network-Applications.

UNIT V ADAPTIVE RESONANCE THEORY AND NEOCOGNITRON 9

Motivation – Basic Architecture- Basic Operation-ART1-ART2-Architecture- Algorithm-
applications-Analysis Probabilistic Neural Net-Cascade Correlation-Neocognitron:
Architecture—Algorithm-Applications.

TOTAL: 45 h

TEXT BOOK:
1. LaureneV. Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks-Architectures,Algorithms and
Applications”, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James. A. Freeman and David.M.Skapura, "Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications
and Programming Techniques ",Pearson Education, Sixth Reprint, 2011.
2. Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks and Learning Methods”, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd., 2011.
3. James A. Anderson, “An Introduction to Neural Networks”, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd., 2011.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Explain Biological Neural Networks and Applications of ANN K4
Summarize various applications of pattern association and
CO2 K5
classification
Classify Hetero associative memory neural network
CO3 K4
applications-Auto associative net-Iterative Auto associative
Assess Kohonen’s Self-Organizing Map –Applications-Learning
CO4 K5
Vector Quantization-Applications
Construct Basic Architecture- Basic Operation-ART1-ART2-
CO5 K6
Architecture
 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3003

Course Objective:
To provide knowledge and training in using optimization techniques under limited resources
for the engineering and business problems.

UNIT I LINEAR MODELS 15

The phase of an operation research study - Linear programming - Graphical method-
Simplex algorithm - Duality formulation - Sensitivity analysis.

UNIT II TRANSPORTATION MODELS AND NETWORK MODELS 8

Transportation Assignment Models Traveling Salesman problem-Networks models Shortest

route Minimal spanning tree - Maximum flow models -Project network - CPM and PERT
networks - Critical path scheduling Sequencing models.

UNIT III INVENTORY MODELS 6

Inventory models - Economic order quantity models - Quantity discount models -
Stochastic inventory models - Multi product models - Inventory control models in practice.

UNIT IV QUEUEING MODELS 6

Queueing models – Queueing systems and structures - Notation parameter - Single server
and multi server models - Poisson input - Exponential service - Constant rate service -
Infinite population - Simulation.

UNIT V DECISION MODELS 10

Decision models - Game theory - Two person zero sum games - Graphical solution-
Algebraic solution- Linear Programming solution - Replacement models - Models based on
service life - Economic life- Single / Multi variable search technique - Dynamic
Programming - Simple Problem.

TOTAL: 45 h

245
TEXT BOOK:
1. Taha H.A., Operations Research, eight Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Shennoy G.V. and Srivastava U.K., ¡§Operation Research for Management¡¨, Wiley
Eastern,1996.
2. Bazara M.J., Jarvis and Sherali H., ¡§Linear Programming and Network Flows¡¨, John
Wiley, 1990. 4th edition.
3. Philip D.T. and Ravindran A., ¡§Operations Research¡¨, John Wiley, 1992.
4. Hillier and Libeberman, ¡§Operations Research¡¨, Holden Day, 1986
5. Budnick F.S., ¡§Principles of Operations Research for Management¡¨, Richard D Irwin,
1990.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Linear model K3
CO2 Solve the real time problems using optimization techniques K3
Acquire knowledge on transportation assignment, network and
CO3 sequencing models. K3
Solve various problems such as Inventory models, Queuing model
CO4 and Decision model. K3
CO5 Understand the working principle of dynamic programming K1,K2

OPTICAL NETWORKS 3003

Course Objective:
• To facilitate the knowledge about optical fiber sources and transmission
techniques.
• To enrich the idea of optical fiber networks algorithm such as SONET/SDH and
optical CDMA.
• To explore the trends of optical fiber measurement systems.

UNIT I OPTICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS 9

Light propagation in optical fibers – Loss & bandwidth, System limitations, Non–Linear
effects; Solitons; Optical Network Components – Couplers, Isolators & Circulators,
Multiplexers & Filters, Optical Amplifiers, Switches, Wavelength Converters.
UNIT II OPTICAL NETWORK ARCHITECTURES 9
Introduction to Optical Networks; SONET / SDH, Metropolitan – Area Networks, Layered
Architecture; Broadcast and Select Networks – Topologies for Broadcast Networks, Media
– Access Control Protocols, Wavelength Routing Architecture, Single hop & Multi hop
network.

UNIT III WAVELENGTH ROUTING NETWORKS 9

The optical layer, Node Designs, Optical layer cost tradeoff, Routing and wavelength
assignment, Various Routing algorithm, Virtual topology design, Wavelength Routing Test
beds, Architectural variations in wavelength routing network..

UNIT IV PACKET SWITCHING AND ACCESS NETWORKS 9

Photonic Packet Switching – OTDM, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing, Synchronizations,
Broadcast OTDM networks, Switch–based networks; Access Networks – Network
Architecture overview, Future Access Networks, Optical Access Network Architectures;
and OTDM networks.

UNIT V NETWORK DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT 9

Transmission System Engineering – System model, Power penalty – transmitter, receiver,
Optical amplifiers, crosstalk, dispersion; Wavelength stabilization ; Overall design
considerations; Control and Management – Network management functions, Configuration
management, Performance management, Fault management, Optical safety, Service
interface.
TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar N. Sivarajan, “Optical Networks : A Practical
Perspective”, Harcourt Asia Pte Ltd., third Edition .
2. Optical Switching Networks: Mayer & Martin, Cambridge University Press, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. Siva Ram Moorthy and Mohan Gurusamy, “WDM Optical Networks: Concept,
Design and Algorithms”, Prentice Hall of India, Ist Edition, 2002.
2. P.E. Green, Jr., “Fiber Optic Networks”, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1993.
247
 Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
To facilitate the knowledge about optical fiber sources and
CO1 K4
transmission techniques
To enrich the idea of optical fiber networks algorithm such as
CO2 K5
SONET/SDH and optical CDMA
CO3 To explore the trends of optical fiber measurement systems K3
CO4 Understanding different types of Architecture K4
CO5 Analyzing the network design and management functions K5

PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS 3003

Course Objectives:
• To learn the Computer Basics: Data Representation, Input / Output Units, Computer
Memory
• To understand the basics of Processor: Computer Architecture, Programming Languages
• To Describe the basic concept of Microcomputers, Computer Generations and
Classifications

Unit – I Computer Basics 9

Algorithms, A Simple Model of a Computer, Characteristics of Computers, Problem
Solving Using Computers. Data Representation: Representation of Characters in
Computers, Representation of Integers, Representation of Fractions, Hexadecimal
Representation of Numbers, Decimal to Binary Conversion, Error Detecting Codes. Input /
Output Units: Description of Computer Input Units, Other Input Methods, Computer
Output Units. Computer Memory: Memory Cell, Memory Organization, Read Only
Memory, Serial Access Memory, Physical Devices Used to Construct memories, Magnetic
Hard Disk, Floppy Disk Drives, Compact Disk Read Only Memory (CDROM), Magnetic
Tape Drive.

Unit – II Processor 9
Structure of Instructions, Description of a Processor, A Machine Language Program, An
Algorithm to Simulate the Hypothetical Computer. Computer Architecture:
Interconnection of Units, Processor to Memory Communication, I/O to Processor
Communication, Interrupt Structures, Bus Architecture of Personal Computers,
Multiprogramming, Processor Features, Reduced Instruction Set Computers (RISC), Virtual
Memory. Programming Languages: Why Programming Language?, Assembly Language,
High Level Programming Languages, Compiling High Level Language Program, Some
High Level Languages. Operating System: Why Do We Need an Operating System?, Batch
Operating System, Multiprogramming Operating System, Time Sharing Operating System,
Other Facilities Provided by Operating Systems, Personal Computer Operating System, The
UNIX Operating System, Microkernel based Operating System, On – line and Real – time
Systems.
Unit – III Microcomputers 9
An Ideal Microcomputer, An Actual Microcomputer, Memory Systems for Microcomputers,
A Minimum Microcomputer Configuration, Evolution of Microcomputers, Special Purpose
Microprocessors, Special Purpose Microcomputer Software, Special Purpose Applications
of Microcomputers, Smart Cards and RFID. Computer Generations and Classifications:
First Generation of Computers, The Second Generation, The Third Generation, The Fourth
Generation, The Fifth Generation, Moore’s Law, Classification of Computers, Distributed
Computer System, Parallel Computers.
Unit – IV Voice and Data Communications 9
Types of Communications with and Among Computers, Characteristics of Communication
Channels, Allocation of Channel, Physical Communication Media, Public Switched
Telephone Networks, Multiplexing Techniques in Wireless Communication, Cellular
Communication System, Establishing Communication Paths, ATM Networks. Computer
Networks: Need for Computer Communication Networks, Internet and the World Wide
Web, Communication Protocols, Local Area Networks, Token Ring Local Area Network,
Interconnecting Networks, The Future of Internet Technology.
Unit –V Computer Graphics 9
Computer Graphics Applications, Display Devices, Overview of Display Method, Raster
Scan Display Processing Unit, Input Devices for Interactive Graphics, Programmers’ Model
of Interactive Graphics Systems, Image Acquisition and Storage, Storage Formats for
Pictures, Image Acquisition with a Digital Camera. Multimedia Data Acquisition and
Processing: Capturing a Moving Image with a Video Camera, Compression of Video Data,
MPEG Compression Standard, Acquiring and Storing Audio Signals, Audio Signal
Processing, Speech Processing. Emerging Computing Environments: Current Computing
Scenario, Peer to Peer Computing, Grid Computing, Cloud computing, Utility Computing.

Total: 45 h
249
TEXT BOOK:
1. Fundamentals of Computers, by V.Rajaraman, PHI, sixth Edition, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Fundamentals of computers, E.Balagurusamy, TMH, second reprint 2019.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Appraise the Representation of various data like Characters,
CO1 Integers, Fractions, Hexadecimal, Numbers in Personal K5
Computer Systems
Sketch neatly about the computer architecture and Bus
CO2 K3
Architecture of Personal Computers
CO3 Compare and contrast Generation of computers K4
Explain the Characteristics of Communication Channels and
CO4 K4
Internet and the World Wide Web,
Evaluate Multimedia Data Acquisition and Processing in
CO5 K5
Computer Graphics

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT & PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 3003

Course Objective:
• To have a clear understanding of the managerial functions like planning, organizing,
staffing, leading and controlling.
• To study the evolution of management
• To study the functions and principles of management
• To learn the application of the principles in an organization
• To learn the engineering ethics and human values

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF MANAGEMENT 9

Definition - Management - Role of managers - Evolution of Management thought –
Organization and the environmental factors – Trends and Challenges of Management in
Global Scenario.
UNIT II PLANNING & ORGANIZING 9
Nature and purpose of planning and Organizing - Planning process - Types of plans –
Managing by objective (MBO) Strategies - Types of strategies - Policies - Decision Making
- Types of decision - Decision Making Process - Rational Decision Making Process -
Decision Making under different conditions. - Organization structure - Formal and informal
groups I organization - Line and Staff authority - Departmentation - Span of control -
Centralization and Decentralization - Delegation of authority - Staffing - Selection and
Recruitment - Orientation - Career Development - Career stages – Training - Performance
Appraisal.

UNIT III DIRECTING & CONTROLLING 9

Creativity and Innovation - Motivation and Satisfaction - Motivation Theories - Leadership
Styles - Leadership theories - Communication - Barriers to effective communication –
Organization Culture - Elements and types of culture - Managing cultural diversity. Process
of controlling - Types of control - Budgetary and non-budgetary control techniques -
Managing Productivity - Cost Control - Purchase Control - Maintenance Control - Quality
Control - Planning operations.

UNIT IV ENGINEERING ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES 9

Definition - Societies for engineers – Code of Ethics – Ethical Issues involved in cross
border research - Ethical and Unethical practices – case studies – situational decision
making - Morals, values and Ethics – Integrity – Work ethic – Service learning – Civic
virtue – Respect for others – Living peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage –
Valuing time – Cooperation – Commitment – Empathy – Self confidence – Character –
Spirituality – Introduction to Yoga and meditation for professional excellence and stress
management.

UNIT V SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS 9

Safety and Risk – Assessment of Safety and Risk – Risk Benefit Analysis and Reducing
Risk - Respect for Authority – Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of
Interest – Occupational Crime – Professional Rights – Employee Rights – Intellectual
Property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination – Global issues - Multinational Corporations –
Environmental Ethics – Computer Ethics – Weapons Development – Engineers as Managers
251
– Consulting Engineers – Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors – Moral Leadership
–Code of Conduct – Corporate Social Responsibility.

TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, 'Management', Prentice Hall of India, 14th
Edition.
2. Charles W L Hill, Steven L McShane, 'Principles of Management', Mcgraw Hill
Education, Third Edition, 2017.
3. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, Fourth Edition, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hellriegel, Slocum & Jackson, ' Management - A Competency Based Approach',
Thomson South Western, 11 th edition.
2. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Mark V Cannice, 'Management - A global &
Entrepreneurial Perspective', Tata Mcgraw Hill, 14th edition, 2013.
3. Andrew J. Dubrin, 'Essentials of Management', Thomson Southwestern, 9th edition,
2012.
4. Charles B. Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
4th edition, 2012.
5. John R Boatright, “Ethics and the Conduct of Business”, Pearson Education, New
Delhi 8th edition, 2014.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

Formulate management roles, skills and evolution of the

CO1 K6
management in global scenario
CO2 Design and analyze the concept of Principle of management. K4,K6
Identify and analyze the ethical issue in the subject matter
CO3 K2,K4,K6
under investigation.
Identify the ethical concerns in research and intellectual
CO4 K2
contexts including academic integrity.
Demonstrate the importance of yoga and meditation for
CO5 K3
professional excellence and stress management
 REMOTE SENSING 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
• To introduce the students to the basic concepts and principles of various components
of remote sensing.
• To teach the concept of EMR interaction with atmosphere and earth materials.
• To introduce the students to the basic concepts of optical and microwave remote
sensing.
• To teach the concept of geographic information system and application.

UNIT I REMOTE SENSING 9

Definition – Components of Remote Sensing – Energy, Sensor, Interacting Body – Active
and Passive Remote Sensing – Platforms – Aerial and Space Platforms – Balloons,
Helicopters, Aircraft and Satellites – Synoptivity and Repetivity – Electro Magnetic
Radiation (EMR) – EMR spectrum – Visible, Infra Red (IR), Near IR, Middle IR, Thermal
IR and Microwave – Black Body Radiation – Planck’s law – Stefan–Boltzman law.
UNIT II EMR INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE AND EARTH MATERIALS
Atmospheric characteristics – Scattering of EMR – Raleigh, Mie, Non–selective and Raman
Scattering – EMR Interaction with Water vapour and ozone – Atmospheric Windows –
Significance of Atmospheric windows – EMR interaction with Earth Surface Materials –
Radiance, Irradiance, Incident, Reflected, Absorbed and Transmitted Energy – Reflectance
– Specular and Diffuse Reflection Surfaces– Spectral Signature – Spectral Signature curves
– EMR interaction with water, soil and Earth Surface Imaging spectrometry and spectral
characteristics.
UNIT III OPTICAL AND MICROWAVE REMOTE SENSING 9
Satellites – Classification – Based on Orbits and Purpose – Satellite Sensors – Resolution –
Description of Multi Spectral Scanning – Along and Across Track Scanners – Description
of Sensors in Landsat, SPOT, IRS series – Current Satellites – Radar – Speckle – Back
Scattering – Side Looking Airborne Radar – Synthetic Aperture Radar – Radiometer –
Geometrical characteristics –Sonar remote sensing systems.
UNIT IV GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 9
GIS – Components of GIS – Hardware, Software and Organizational Context – Data –
Spatial and Non–Spatial – Maps – Types of Maps – Projection – Types of Projection – Data
Input – Digitizer, Scanner – Editing – Raster and Vector data structures – Comparison of

253
Raster and Vector data structure – Analysis using Raster and Vector data – Retrieval,
Reclassification, Overlaying, Buffering – Data Output – Printers and Plotters.
UNIT V MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS 9
Visual Interpretation of Satellite Images – Elements of Interpretation – Interpretation Keys
Characteristics of Digital Satellite Image – Image enhancement – Filtering – Classification –
Integration of GIS and Remote Sensing – Application of Remote Sensing and GIS – Urban
Applications– Integration of GIS and Remote Sensing – Application of Remote Sensing and
GIS – Water resources – Urban Analysis – Watershed Management – Resources
Information Systems Introduction.- Global positioning system.
TOTAL: 45 h
TEXT BOOKS:

1. M.G. Srinivas, Remote Sensing Applications, Narosa Publishing House, 2001. (Units 1
& 2).
2. Anji Reddy, Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems, BS Publications
2001 (Units 3, 4 & 5).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Jensen, J.R., Remote sensing of the environment, Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. Kang Tsung Chang, “Introduction to Geographic Information Systems”, TMH, 2007

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
To introduce the students to the basic concepts and principles of
CO1
various components of remote sensing. K4
To teach the concept of EMR interaction with atmosphere and
CO2 K3
earth materials.
To introduce the students to the basic concepts of optical and
CO3 K4, K5
microwave remote sensing
To teach the concept of geographic information system and
CO4 K4
application.
To develop technical skills and competence in data and
CO5 information acquisition, extraction, management and analysis; K5
spatial and statistical modelling; mapping and visualization.
 ROBOTICS 3003
Course Objective:
• To study microcontroller operations for robotics and the different interfaces to
implement in a microcontroller.
• To learn how Microchip PIC micro PIC16F627 can be erased and reprogrammed.
• To learn how different sensors, outputs, and peripherals can be wired to a
microcontroller to work cooperatively and create a high-level control program.
• To design robots in a real time environment.

UNIT I SCOPE OF ROBOTS AND INTELLIGENCE 9

The scope of industrial Robots - Definition of an industrial robot - Need for industrial robots
- applications. Robot Intelligence – State Space Search – Problem Reduction – Use of
Predicate – logic – means Ends Analysis – Problem Solving – Robot Learning – Robot Task
Planning – Basic Problems in Task Planning.

UNIT II SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 9

Source files, object files, libraries, linkers and hex files – Assemblers – Interpreters –
Compilers - Simulators and Emulators - Integrated development environments.

UNIT III THE MICROCHIP PIC micro (R) MICROCONTROLLER 9

Different PIC micro MCU devices and features - Application development tools - Basic
circuit requirements - The PIC16F627 - EL cheapo PIC micro programmer circuit.
UNIT IV THE MICROCONTROLLER CONNECTIONS 9

Hardware interface sequencing- Robot C programming template – Protyping with the PIC
micro microcontroller – Intercomputer communications- RS232 - HyperTerminal RS 232
terminal emulator- RS 232 interface example between PC and PIC micro MCU –
Bidirectional synchronous interfaces – Output devices – LEDS – PWM power level control
– Sensors – Whiskers for physical object detection – iR collision detection sensors- IR
remote controls- Ultrasonic distance measurement- Light level sensors- Sound sensors-
Odometry for motor control and navigation – Radio control servos.

UNIT V BRINGING ROBOTS TO LIFE 9

Real time operating system (RTOS) – Example application running in an RTOS – State
machines – Randomly moving a robot application with IR remote control - Behavioral
programming - Neural networks and Artificial intelligence.
255
Total: 45h

TEXT BOOK:
1. Myke Predko, “Programming Robot Controllers” – McGrawHill, 1st edition, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Michael Slater, “Microprocessor – based design: A comprehensive Guide to Effective
Hardware Design”, Prentice Hall, 1989.
2. Myke Predko, “Programming and customizing the 8051- micro-controller”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Kenneth J. Ayala, “The 8051 micro-controller architecture, programming and
applications”, Penram International publishers, Mumbai, 1997.
4. Murphy Robin R,” Introduction to AI Robotics”, MIT Press, 2000.
5. Siegwart R and Nourbakhsh I.R, “Introduction to Autonomous mobile Robots”, Prentice
Hall India, 2005.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
CO1 Analyzing the robot task planning and its limitations K5
To study microcontroller operations for robotics and the
CO2 K4
different interfaces to implement in a microcontroller
To learn how Microchip PIC micro PIC16F627 can be erased
CO3 K3
and reprogrammed
To learn how different sensors, outputs, and peripherals can be
CO4 wired to a microcontroller to work cooperatively and create a K6
high-level control program.
CO5 To design robots in a real time environment K6
 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 3003

Course Objective:
• Overview of satellite systems in relation to basic law and other terrestrial
systems.
• Study of satellite orbits and launching.
• Study of earth segment and space segment components.
• Study of satellite access by various users.
• Study of DTH and compression standards

UNIT I SATELLITE ORBITS 9

Introduction to satellite communication, Kepler’s Laws, Newton’s law, orbital parameters,
orbital perturbations, station keeping, geo stationary and non Geo–stationary orbits – Look
Angle Determination– Limits of visibility –eclipse–Sub satellite point –Sun transit outage–
Launching Procedures –launch vehicles and propulsion.

UNIT II SPACE SEGMENT AND SATELLITE LINK DESIGN 9

Spacecraft Technology– Structure, Primary power, Attitude and Orbit control, Thermal
control and Propulsion, communication Payload and supporting subsystems, Telemetry,
Tracking and command. Satellite uplink and downlink Analysis and Design, link budget,
E/N calculation– performance impairments–system noise, inter modulation and interference,
Propagation Characteristics and Frequency considerations–System reliability and design
lifetime.

UNIT III SATELLITE ACCESS 9

Modulation and Multiplexing: Voice, Data, Video, Analog – digital transmission system,
Digital video Brocast, multiple access: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Assignment Methods,
Spread Spectrum communication, compression – Encryption

UNIT IV EARTH SEGMENT 9

Earth Station Technology–– Terrestrial Interface, Transmitter and Receiver, Antenna
Systems TVRO, MATV, CATV, Test Equipment Measurements on G/T, C/No, EIRP,
Antenna Gain,Transmission losses – Free–space transmission – Feeder losses – Antenna
misalignment losses – Fixed atmospheric and Ionospheric losses .

257
UNIT V SATELLITE APPLICATIONS 9
INTELSAT Series, INSAT, VSAT, Mobile satellite services: GSM, GPS, INMARSAT,
LEO, MEO, Satellite Navigational System. Direct Broadcast satellites (DBS)– Direct to
home Broadcast (DTH), Digital audio broadcast (DAB)– Worldspace services, Business
TV(BTV), GRAMSAT, Specialized services – E–mail, Video conferencing, Internet

TOTAL: 45 h

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dennis Roddy, ‘Satellite Communication’, McGraw Hill International, 4th Edition,
2017.
2. Wilbur L. Pritchard, Hendri G. Suyderhoud, Robert A. Nelson, ‘Satellite
Communication Systems Engineering’, Prentice Hall/Pearson, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. N.Agarwal, ‘Design of Geosynchronous Space Craft, Prentice Hall, 1986.
2. Bruce R. Elbert, ‘The Satellite Communication Applications’ Hand Book, Artech House
Bostan London, 1997.
3. Tri T. Ha, ‘Digital Satellite Communication’, II edition, 1990.
4. Emanuel Fthenakis, ‘Manual of Satellite Communications’, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
1984.
5. Robert G. Winch, ‘Telecommunication Trans Mission Systems’, McGraw–Hill Book
Co., 1983.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Overview of satellite systems in relation to basic law and other
CO1 K6
terrestrial systems.
CO2 Study of satellite orbits and launching. K5
CO3 Study of earth segment and space segment components. K4
CO4 Study of satellite access by various users. K5
CO5 Study of DTH and compression standards K4
 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3003
Course Objective:
To facilitate the understanding of Quality Management principles and process.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction – Need for quality – Evolution of quality – Definitions of quality – Dimensions
of product and service quality – Basic concepts of TQM – TQM Framework – Contributions
of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM – Quality statements – Customer focus –
Customer orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention –
Costs of quality.

UNIT II TQM PRINCIPLES 9

Leadership – Strategic quality planning, Quality Councils – Employee involvement –
Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork, Quality circles Recognition and Reward,
Performance appraisal – Continuous process improvement – PDCA cycle, 5S, Kaizen –
Supplier partnership – Partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier Rating.

UNIT III TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES I 9

The seven traditional tools of quality – New management tools – Six sigma: Concepts,
Methodology, applications to manufacturing, service sector including IT – Bench marking –
Reason to bench mark, Bench marking process – FMEA – Stages, Types.

UNIT IV TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES II 9

Control Charts – Process Capability – Concepts of Six Sigma – Quality Function
Development (QFD) – Taguchi quality loss function – TPM – Concepts, improvement
needs – Performance measures.
UNIT V QUALITY SYSTEMS 9
Need for ISO 9000 – ISO 9001-2008 Quality System – Elements, Documentation, Quality
Auditing – QS 9000 – ISO 14000 – Concepts, Requirements and Benefits – TQM
Implementation in manufacturing and service sectors.
TOTAL: 45h

TEXT BOOK:

259
1. Dale H. Besterfiled, et at., “Total quality Management”, Third Edition, Pearson Education
Asia, Indian Reprint, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, 8th
Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. Suganthi.L and Anand Samuel, “Total Quality Management”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.
Ltd., 2006.
3. Janakiraman. B and Gopal .R.K., “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”, Prentice
Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Explain the different Dimensions of product and service quality ,
CO1 K4
Basic concepts of TQM and TQM Framework
Appraise Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork,
CO2 K5
Quality circles Recognition and Reward, Performance appraisal
Assess The seven traditional tools of quality New management
CO3 K5
tools and six sigma: Concepts
Evaluate Quality Function Development (QFD) ,Taguchi quality
CO4 K5
loss function ,TPM Concepts, improvement needs
CO5 Explain the Need for ISO 9000 Quality System K4

DEVELOPMENT OF IOT BASED APPLICATIONS 3003

Course Objective:

To understand the core concept, role and scope of smart sensors in IOT
To learn the fundamentals of Raspberry Pi and communication protocols between
various IOT components

UNIT I INTERNET OF THINGS - AN INTRODUCTION 9

Internet of Things - An introduction, Sensors & Actuators- motion/temperature/light sensors

and relays/stepper motors, Processing Elements - Raspberry Pi, Arduino, and Edison

UNIT II ON TREK WITH JAVASCRIPT 9

On Trek with JavaScript - JS and testing waters, Node.js, installation on a Raspberry Pi

UNIT III PROTOCOLS 9

Protocols - communication protocol between various IOT components – MQ Telemetry

Transport, Node-RED – wiring various devices and API s.
UNIT IV IOT IN ACTION 9

IoT in Action – Developing IOT Applications on IBM Bluemix.

UNIT V IOT - WHAT’S BREWING 9

IoT - What’s Brewing, Case studies – Real Life examples.

TOTAL: 45 h

TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE - Development of IOT Based Applications, IBM
Student Course Material.

Course Outcome:
At the end of this course, the Student will be able to
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand the role of sensors and actuators in Internet
CO1 of Things K3

Acquire knowledge on Raspberry Pi, Arduino and

CO2 K4
Edison
Understand the working of different communication
CO3 K3
protocols between various IOT components
CO4 Develop IOT applications on IBM Bluemix K6
CO5 Understand the need of IOT in different sectors K4

Fundamentals of Enterprise Apps Development for Cloud Deployment 3003

Course Objective:
• To learn the fundamentals of cloud computing
• To Understand the application development using DevOps Service on Bluemix
• To learn the Bluemix services in mobility and Bigdata.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BLUEMIX 9

Cloud computing overview, Consumption View – IaaS (Soft Layer), PaaS (IBM Bluemix),
Blue Mix Architecture, Blue Mix Overview and Dashboard Setup and installations - Eclipse
and CF plugins, Case Study 1: Building an Application from a Boilerplate in the Bluemix
UI, Case Study 2: Deploying a Java web app that uses the PostGreSQL service with the
IBM Bluemix Eclipse tools, Case Study 3: Building and Deploying the Java version with
the IBM Bluemix Eclipse tools.
261
UNIT II DEVELOPMENT OF APPS USING BLUEMIX SERVICES 9

Registering Services in BluemixTM, Deploying a Node.js app that uses the MySQL service
with command line tools, Build a Twitter Influencer Application in Bluemix, Building and
Deploying the Node.js version with the IBM Bluemix Eclipse tools, Deploying the Python
version with command line tools.
UNIT III DEVELOPMENT OF APPS USING DEVOPS SERVICES ON BLUE MIX
Overview of Dev Ops, Overview Bluemix DevOps Services, Part 1: Importing and
deploying the application from DevOps, Part 2: (Optional) Updating the application, JEE
Cloud Trader Benchmark Application on Bluemix that use performance analysis
capabilities.
UNIT IV BLUEMIX SERVICES IN MOBILITY & BIG DATA 9
Overview of Services in the areas of Mobile Apps Development & Big Data
UNIT V DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES 9
Building an Application with Mobile Backend as a Service (MBaaS) on Bluemix platform,
Data Management service - Build an BI application using Map Reduce Service to perform
analytics for Big Data Sets .
TOTAL: 45h
TEXT BOOK:
1. IBM Career Education IBM CE - Development of IOT Based Applications, IBM
Student Course Material.

Course Outcome:
Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Understand the Blue Mix Architecture and to exploit the
CO1 K3
Installation and setup procedures
Acquire knowledge on Building, Deploying a web
CO2 K4
application using PostGreSQL and IBM Bluemix
Explore the different techniques in Mobile Apps
CO3 K4
Development & Big Data
Build an Application with Mobile Backend as a Service
CO4 K6
(MBaaS) on Bluemix platform

CO5 Build an BI application using Map Reduce Service K6